Cleanups after the update to Autoconf 2.64, Automake 1.11.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdbint.texinfo
CommitLineData
9742079a 1\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
c906108c 2@setfilename gdbint.info
25822942 3@include gdb-cfg.texi
03727ca6 4@dircategory Software development
e9c75b65 5@direntry
c906108c 6* Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals.
e9c75b65 7@end direntry
c906108c 8
a67ec3f4
JM
9@copying
10Copyright @copyright{} 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1998, 1999,
112000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009
12Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c
SS
13Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore.
14Second Edition by Stan Shebs.
15
e9c75b65
EZ
16Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
17under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 18any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
19Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
20Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
21Free Documentation License''.
a67ec3f4
JM
22@end copying
23
24@ifnottex
25This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}.
26
27@insertcopying
28@end ifnottex
c906108c
SS
29
30@setchapternewpage off
25822942 31@settitle @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c 32
56caf160
EZ
33@syncodeindex fn cp
34@syncodeindex vr cp
35
c906108c 36@titlepage
25822942 37@title @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c
SS
38@subtitle{A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger}
39@author John Gilmore
40@author Cygnus Solutions
41@author Second Edition:
42@author Stan Shebs
43@author Cygnus Solutions
44@page
45@tex
46\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
47\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
48{\parskip=0pt
49\hfill Cygnus Solutions\par
50\hfill \manvers\par
51\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
52}
53@end tex
54
55@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
a67ec3f4 56@insertcopying
c906108c
SS
57@end titlepage
58
449f3b6c 59@contents
449f3b6c 60
c906108c
SS
61@node Top
62@c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info,
63@c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point.
64@top Scope of this Document
65
25822942
DB
66This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It
67includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well
68as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets.
c906108c
SS
69
70@menu
587afa38 71* Summary::
c906108c
SS
72* Overall Structure::
73* Algorithms::
74* User Interface::
89437448 75* libgdb::
5f5233d4 76* Values::
669fac23 77* Stack Frames::
c906108c
SS
78* Symbol Handling::
79* Language Support::
80* Host Definition::
81* Target Architecture Definition::
123dc839 82* Target Descriptions::
c906108c
SS
83* Target Vector Definition::
84* Native Debugging::
85* Support Libraries::
86* Coding::
87* Porting GDB::
d52fe014 88* Versions and Branches::
55f6ca0f 89* Start of New Year Procedure::
8973da3a 90* Releasing GDB::
085dd6e6 91* Testsuite::
c906108c 92* Hints::
aab4e0ec 93
bcd7e15f 94* GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers
aab4e0ec 95* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
56caf160 96* Index::
c906108c
SS
97@end menu
98
587afa38
EZ
99@node Summary
100@chapter Summary
101
102@menu
103* Requirements::
104* Contributors::
105@end menu
c906108c 106
587afa38
EZ
107@node Requirements
108@section Requirements
56caf160 109@cindex requirements for @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
110
111Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal
56caf160
EZ
112requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some
113of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN}
114that have run counter to these requirements.
c906108c 115
56caf160
EZ
116First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a
117front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a
118shell. It's not a programming environment.
c906108c 119
56caf160
EZ
120@value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is
121available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human
122programmer.
c906108c 123
56caf160
EZ
124@value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on
125the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is
126going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time
127to debugger commands.
c906108c 128
56caf160
EZ
129@value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions.
130While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made
be9c6c35 131picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the
56caf160
EZ
132programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to
133mollify the debugger.
c906108c 134
56caf160
EZ
135@value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs.
136Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've
137heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size.
c906108c 138
56caf160
EZ
139@value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is
140available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN}
141supports.
c906108c 142
587afa38
EZ
143@node Contributors
144@section Contributors
145
146The first edition of this document was written by John Gilmore of
147Cygnus Solutions. The current second edition was written by Stan Shebs
148of Cygnus Solutions, who continues to update the manual.
149
150Over the years, many others have made additions and changes to this
151document. This section attempts to record the significant contributors
152to that effort. One of the virtues of free software is that everyone
153is free to contribute to it; with regret, we cannot actually
154acknowledge everyone here.
155
156@quotation
157@emph{Plea:} This section has only been added relatively recently (four
158years after publication of the second edition). Additions to this
159section are particularly welcome. If you or your friends (or enemies,
160to be evenhanded) have been unfairly omitted from this list, we would
161like to add your names!
162@end quotation
163
164A document such as this relies on being kept up to date by numerous
165small updates by contributing engineers as they make changes to the
166code base. The file @file{ChangeLog} in the @value{GDBN} distribution
167approximates a blow-by-blow account. The most prolific contributors to
168this important, but low profile task are Andrew Cagney (responsible
169for over half the entries), Daniel Jacobowitz, Mark Kettenis, Jim
170Blandy and Eli Zaretskii.
171
172Eli Zaretskii and Daniel Jacobowitz wrote the sections documenting
173watchpoints.
174
175Jeremy Bennett updated the sections on initializing a new architecture
176and register representation, and added the section on Frame Interpretation.
177
c906108c
SS
178
179@node Overall Structure
180
181@chapter Overall Structure
182
56caf160
EZ
183@value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface,
184symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the
185@dfn{target side}).
c906108c 186
2e685b93 187The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus
c906108c
SS
188supporting code.
189
190The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info
191interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression
192parsing, type and value printing.
193
194The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and
195physical target manipulation.
196
197The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a
198number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic
199elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it
200supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead,
201this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems
202should fit together.
203
204@section The Symbol Side
205
56caf160
EZ
206The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything
207you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''.
208For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate
209many kinds of expressions.
c906108c
SS
210
211@section The Target Side
212
56caf160
EZ
213The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''.
214Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most
215of the target side will run with only a stripped executable
216available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases.
c906108c
SS
217
218Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register
219display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases,
25822942 220such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses
c906108c
SS
221relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either
222way.
223
224@section Configurations
225
56caf160
EZ
226@cindex host
227@cindex target
25822942 228@dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs.
c906108c
SS
229@dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged
230executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a
231third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play.
232
1f70da6a
SS
233Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host
234support. Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte
235order, host float format. These are all calculated by @code{autoconf}
236when the debugger is built.
c906108c
SS
237
238Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target
239dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set,
240breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack
241to call a function.
242
243Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same,
244is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the
1f70da6a 245host and target are not the same, calling @code{fork} to start the target
c906108c
SS
246process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the
247registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all
248in the native-dependent files.
249
250Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that
251are really part of the target environment, but which require
252@code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core
253file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases.
254
1f70da6a
SS
255When you want to make @value{GDBN} work as the traditional native debugger
256on a system, you will need to supply both target and native information.
c906108c 257
25ab7e6d
EZ
258@section Source Tree Structure
259@cindex @value{GDBN} source tree structure
260
261The @value{GDBN} source directory has a mostly flat structure---there
262are only a few subdirectories. A file's name usually gives a hint as
263to what it does; for example, @file{stabsread.c} reads stabs,
7ce59000 264@file{dwarf2read.c} reads @sc{DWARF 2}, etc.
25ab7e6d
EZ
265
266Files that are related to some common task have names that share
267common substrings. For example, @file{*-thread.c} files deal with
268debugging threads on various platforms; @file{*read.c} files deal with
269reading various kinds of symbol and object files; @file{inf*.c} files
270deal with direct control of the @dfn{inferior program} (@value{GDBN}
271parlance for the program being debugged).
272
273There are several dozens of files in the @file{*-tdep.c} family.
274@samp{tdep} stands for @dfn{target-dependent code}---each of these
275files implements debug support for a specific target architecture
276(sparc, mips, etc). Usually, only one of these will be used in a
277specific @value{GDBN} configuration (sometimes two, closely related).
278
279Similarly, there are many @file{*-nat.c} files, each one for native
280debugging on a specific system (e.g., @file{sparc-linux-nat.c} is for
281native debugging of Sparc machines running the Linux kernel).
282
283The few subdirectories of the source tree are:
284
285@table @file
286@item cli
287Code that implements @dfn{CLI}, the @value{GDBN} Command-Line
288Interpreter. @xref{User Interface, Command Interpreter}.
289
290@item gdbserver
291Code for the @value{GDBN} remote server.
292
293@item gdbtk
294Code for Insight, the @value{GDBN} TK-based GUI front-end.
295
296@item mi
297The @dfn{GDB/MI}, the @value{GDBN} Machine Interface interpreter.
298
299@item signals
300Target signal translation code.
301
302@item tui
303Code for @dfn{TUI}, the @value{GDBN} Text-mode full-screen User
304Interface. @xref{User Interface, TUI}.
305@end table
c906108c
SS
306
307@node Algorithms
308
309@chapter Algorithms
56caf160 310@cindex algorithms
c906108c 311
56caf160
EZ
312@value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are
313often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special
314cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic
315algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that
316they use.
c906108c 317
7d30c22d
JB
318@section Prologue Analysis
319
320@cindex prologue analysis
321@cindex call frame information
322@cindex CFI (call frame information)
323To produce a backtrace and allow the user to manipulate older frames'
324variables and arguments, @value{GDBN} needs to find the base addresses
325of older frames, and discover where those frames' registers have been
326saved. Since a frame's ``callee-saves'' registers get saved by
327younger frames if and when they're reused, a frame's registers may be
328scattered unpredictably across younger frames. This means that
329changing the value of a register-allocated variable in an older frame
330may actually entail writing to a save slot in some younger frame.
331
332Modern versions of GCC emit Dwarf call frame information (``CFI''),
333which describes how to find frame base addresses and saved registers.
334But CFI is not always available, so as a fallback @value{GDBN} uses a
335technique called @dfn{prologue analysis} to find frame sizes and saved
336registers. A prologue analyzer disassembles the function's machine
337code starting from its entry point, and looks for instructions that
338allocate frame space, save the stack pointer in a frame pointer
339register, save registers, and so on. Obviously, this can't be done
b247355e 340accurately in general, but it's tractable to do well enough to be very
7d30c22d
JB
341helpful. Prologue analysis predates the GNU toolchain's support for
342CFI; at one time, prologue analysis was the only mechanism
343@value{GDBN} used for stack unwinding at all, when the function
344calling conventions didn't specify a fixed frame layout.
345
346In the olden days, function prologues were generated by hand-written,
347target-specific code in GCC, and treated as opaque and untouchable by
348optimizers. Looking at this code, it was usually straightforward to
349write a prologue analyzer for @value{GDBN} that would accurately
350understand all the prologues GCC would generate. However, over time
351GCC became more aggressive about instruction scheduling, and began to
352understand more about the semantics of the prologue instructions
353themselves; in response, @value{GDBN}'s analyzers became more complex
354and fragile. Keeping the prologue analyzers working as GCC (and the
355instruction sets themselves) evolved became a substantial task.
356
357@cindex @file{prologue-value.c}
358@cindex abstract interpretation of function prologues
359@cindex pseudo-evaluation of function prologues
360To try to address this problem, the code in @file{prologue-value.h}
361and @file{prologue-value.c} provides a general framework for writing
362prologue analyzers that are simpler and more robust than ad-hoc
363analyzers. When we analyze a prologue using the prologue-value
364framework, we're really doing ``abstract interpretation'' or
365``pseudo-evaluation'': running the function's code in simulation, but
366using conservative approximations of the values registers and memory
367would hold when the code actually runs. For example, if our function
368starts with the instruction:
369
370@example
371addi r1, 42 # add 42 to r1
372@end example
373@noindent
374we don't know exactly what value will be in @code{r1} after executing
375this instruction, but we do know it'll be 42 greater than its original
376value.
377
378If we then see an instruction like:
379
380@example
381addi r1, 22 # add 22 to r1
382@end example
383@noindent
384we still don't know what @code{r1's} value is, but again, we can say
385it is now 64 greater than its original value.
386
387If the next instruction were:
388
389@example
390mov r2, r1 # set r2 to r1's value
391@end example
392@noindent
393then we can say that @code{r2's} value is now the original value of
394@code{r1} plus 64.
395
396It's common for prologues to save registers on the stack, so we'll
397need to track the values of stack frame slots, as well as the
398registers. So after an instruction like this:
399
400@example
401mov (fp+4), r2
402@end example
403@noindent
404then we'd know that the stack slot four bytes above the frame pointer
405holds the original value of @code{r1} plus 64.
406
407And so on.
408
409Of course, this can only go so far before it gets unreasonable. If we
410wanted to be able to say anything about the value of @code{r1} after
411the instruction:
412
413@example
414xor r1, r3 # exclusive-or r1 and r3, place result in r1
415@end example
416@noindent
417then things would get pretty complex. But remember, we're just doing
418a conservative approximation; if exclusive-or instructions aren't
419relevant to prologues, we can just say @code{r1}'s value is now
420``unknown''. We can ignore things that are too complex, if that loss of
421information is acceptable for our application.
422
423So when we say ``conservative approximation'' here, what we mean is an
424approximation that is either accurate, or marked ``unknown'', but
425never inaccurate.
426
427Using this framework, a prologue analyzer is simply an interpreter for
428machine code, but one that uses conservative approximations for the
429contents of registers and memory instead of actual values. Starting
430from the function's entry point, you simulate instructions up to the
431current PC, or an instruction that you don't know how to simulate.
432Now you can examine the state of the registers and stack slots you've
433kept track of.
434
435@itemize @bullet
436
437@item
438To see how large your stack frame is, just check the value of the
439stack pointer register; if it's the original value of the SP
440minus a constant, then that constant is the stack frame's size.
441If the SP's value has been marked as ``unknown'', then that means
442the prologue has done something too complex for us to track, and
443we don't know the frame size.
444
445@item
446To see where we've saved the previous frame's registers, we just
447search the values we've tracked --- stack slots, usually, but
448registers, too, if you want --- for something equal to the register's
449original value. If the calling conventions suggest a standard place
450to save a given register, then we can check there first, but really,
451anything that will get us back the original value will probably work.
452@end itemize
453
454This does take some work. But prologue analyzers aren't
455quick-and-simple pattern patching to recognize a few fixed prologue
456forms any more; they're big, hairy functions. Along with inferior
457function calls, prologue analysis accounts for a substantial portion
458of the time needed to stabilize a @value{GDBN} port. So it's
459worthwhile to look for an approach that will be easier to understand
460and maintain. In the approach described above:
461
462@itemize @bullet
463
464@item
465It's easier to see that the analyzer is correct: you just see
b247355e 466whether the analyzer properly (albeit conservatively) simulates
7d30c22d
JB
467the effect of each instruction.
468
469@item
470It's easier to extend the analyzer: you can add support for new
471instructions, and know that you haven't broken anything that
472wasn't already broken before.
473
474@item
475It's orthogonal: to gather new information, you don't need to
476complicate the code for each instruction. As long as your domain
477of conservative values is already detailed enough to tell you
478what you need, then all the existing instruction simulations are
479already gathering the right data for you.
480
481@end itemize
482
483The file @file{prologue-value.h} contains detailed comments explaining
484the framework and how to use it.
485
486
c906108c
SS
487@section Breakpoint Handling
488
56caf160 489@cindex breakpoints
c906108c
SS
490In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program
491where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches
492that location.
493
494There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware''
495breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints.
496
56caf160
EZ
497@cindex hardware breakpoints
498@cindex program counter
c906108c
SS
499Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging
500features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated
501register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC
56caf160 502(shorthand for @dfn{program counter})
c906108c 503ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an
56caf160
EZ
504exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}.
505
506Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators
507include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the
508processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's
509address.
510
511A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do
512breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own
513software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware
514breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same;
50e3ee83 515@value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait
56caf160 516for something to happen.
c906108c
SS
517
518Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be
56caf160 519limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will
9742079a 520start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures,
937f164b 521notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know
9742079a
EZ
522whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware
523breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints
524an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.)
56caf160
EZ
525
526@cindex software breakpoints
527Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work.
528The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program
529instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction
530that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered,
531@value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the
532user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original
c906108c
SS
533instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on.
534
535Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area
be9c6c35 536must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It
c906108c 537can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves,
56caf160 538although such a situation would be highly unusual.
c906108c
SS
539
540Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of
541instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump
542target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the
543breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no
544larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump
545targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered
546instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction
547set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint,
548although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an
549instruction.
550
c906108c
SS
551Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However,
552much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}.
553
8181d85f
DJ
554@table @code
555@cindex insert or remove software breakpoint
556@findex target_remove_breakpoint
557@findex target_insert_breakpoint
558@item target_remove_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
559@itemx target_insert_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
560Insert or remove a software breakpoint at address
561@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
562non-zero for failure. On input, @var{bp_tgt} contains the address of the
563breakpoint, and is otherwise initialized to zero. The fields of the
564@code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by @var{bp_tgt} are updated
565to contain other information about the breakpoint on output. The field
566@code{placed_address} may be updated if the breakpoint was placed at a
567related address; the field @code{shadow_contents} contains the real
568contents of the bytes where the breakpoint has been inserted,
569if reading memory would return the breakpoint instead of the
570underlying memory; the field @code{shadow_len} is the length of
571memory cached in @code{shadow_contents}, if any; and the field
572@code{placed_size} is optionally set and used by the target, if
573it could differ from @code{shadow_len}.
574
575For example, the remote target @samp{Z0} packet does not require
576shadowing memory, so @code{shadow_len} is left at zero. However,
4a9bb1df 577the length reported by @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} is cached in
8181d85f
DJ
578@code{placed_size}, so that a matching @samp{z0} packet can be
579used to remove the breakpoint.
580
581@cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint
582@findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint
583@findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint
584@item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
585@itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
586Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address
587@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
588non-zero for failure. See @code{target_insert_breakpoint} for
589a description of the @code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by
590@var{bp_tgt}; the @code{shadow_contents} and
591@code{shadow_len} members are not used for hardware breakpoints,
592but @code{placed_size} may be.
593@end table
594
c906108c
SS
595@section Single Stepping
596
597@section Signal Handling
598
599@section Thread Handling
600
601@section Inferior Function Calls
602
603@section Longjmp Support
604
56caf160 605@cindex @code{longjmp} debugging
25822942 606@value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a
c906108c
SS
607@code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are
608stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints,
56caf160
EZ
609which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint}
610command.
c906108c 611
4a9bb1df
UW
612@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
613To make this work, you need to define a function called
1f70da6a
SS
614@code{gdbarch_get_longjmp_target}, which will examine the
615@code{jmp_buf} structure and extract the @code{longjmp} target address.
616Since @code{jmp_buf} is target specific and typically defined in a
617target header not available to @value{GDBN}, you will need to
618determine the offset of the PC manually and return that; many targets
619define a @code{jb_pc_offset} field in the tdep structure to save the
620value once calculated.
c906108c 621
9742079a
EZ
622@section Watchpoints
623@cindex watchpoints
624
625Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms,
626breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some
627instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without
628your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to
629hunt down and kill such bugs.
630
631@cindex hardware watchpoints
632@cindex software watchpoints
633Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is
634known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses
635hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on
636software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN}
637will use software watchpoints are:
638
639@itemize @bullet
640@item
641The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware
642watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up
643to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is
644more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software
645watchpoints.
646
647@item
648The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in
649registers (as opposed to memory).
650
651@item
652Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures,
653this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is
654resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware
655breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware
656breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail.
657
658@item
659No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target
660implementation.
661@end itemize
662
663Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to
664single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the
665watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this
666section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints.
667
b6b8ece6
EZ
668When the inferior stops, @value{GDBN} tries to establish, among other
669possible reasons, whether it stopped due to a watchpoint being hit.
d983da9c
DJ
670It first uses @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to see if any watchpoint
671was hit. If not, all watchpoint checking is skipped.
672
673Then @value{GDBN} calls @code{target_stopped_data_address} exactly
674once. This method returns the address of the watchpoint which
675triggered, if the target can determine it. If the triggered address
676is available, @value{GDBN} compares the address returned by this
677method with each watched memory address in each active watchpoint.
678For data-read and data-access watchpoints, @value{GDBN} announces
679every watchpoint that watches the triggered address as being hit.
680For this reason, data-read and data-access watchpoints
681@emph{require} that the triggered address be available; if not, read
682and access watchpoints will never be considered hit. For data-write
683watchpoints, if the triggered address is available, @value{GDBN}
684considers only those watchpoints which match that address;
685otherwise, @value{GDBN} considers all data-write watchpoints. For
686each data-write watchpoint that @value{GDBN} considers, it evaluates
687the expression whose value is being watched, and tests whether the
688watched value has changed. Watchpoints whose watched values have
689changed are announced as hit.
b6b8ece6 690
1f70da6a
SS
691@c FIXME move these to the main lists of target/native defns
692
9742079a
EZ
693@value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware
694watchpoints:
695
696@table @code
9742079a
EZ
697@findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
698@item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other})
699Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are
700possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints
701of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is
702not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum
703number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other}
704is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there
705are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at
706the same time).
707
708@findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
709@item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len})
710Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
711whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}.
712
b6b8ece6 713@cindex insert or remove hardware watchpoint
9742079a
EZ
714@findex target_insert_watchpoint
715@findex target_remove_watchpoint
716@item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
717@itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
718Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for
719@var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the
720possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type},
721defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows:
722
474c8240 723@smallexample
9742079a
EZ
724 enum target_hw_bp_type
725 @{
726 hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */
727 hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */
728 hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */
729 hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */
730 @};
474c8240 731@end smallexample
9742079a
EZ
732
733@noindent
734These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure.
735
9742079a 736@findex target_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
737@item target_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
738If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, place the address
739associated with the watchpoint at the location pointed to by
d983da9c
DJ
740@var{addr_p} and return non-zero. Otherwise, return zero. This
741is required for data-read and data-access watchpoints. It is
742not required for data-write watchpoints, but @value{GDBN} uses
743it to improve handling of those also.
744
745@value{GDBN} will only call this method once per watchpoint stop,
746immediately after calling @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}. If the
747target's watchpoint indication is sticky, i.e., stays set after
748resuming, this method should clear it. For instance, the x86 debug
749control register has sticky triggered flags.
9742079a 750
5009afc5
AS
751@findex target_watchpoint_addr_within_range
752@item target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (@var{target}, @var{addr}, @var{start}, @var{length})
753Check whether @var{addr} (as returned by @code{target_stopped_data_address})
754lies within the hardware-defined watchpoint region described by
755@var{start} and @var{length}. This only needs to be provided if the
756granularity of a watchpoint is greater than one byte, i.e., if the
757watchpoint can also trigger on nearby addresses outside of the watched
758region.
759
9742079a
EZ
760@findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
761@item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
762If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a
5009afc5 763watchpoint to step over it. Like @code{gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint},
d983da9c
DJ
764this is usually set when watchpoints trigger at the instruction
765which will perform an interesting read or write. It should be
766set if there is a temporary disable bit which allows the processor
767to step over the interesting instruction without raising the
768watchpoint exception again.
9742079a 769
4a9bb1df
UW
770@findex gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint
771@item int gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint (@var{gdbarch})
772If it returns a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a
d983da9c
DJ
773watchpoint to step the inferior over it. This is usually set when
774watchpoints trigger at the instruction which will perform an
775interesting read or write.
9742079a
EZ
776
777@findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
778@item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
779If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the
d983da9c
DJ
780inferior after a watchpoint has been hit. This is usually set
781when watchpoints trigger at the instruction following an interesting
782read or write.
9742079a
EZ
783
784@findex CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
785@item CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
786If this is defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} will remove all
787watchpoints before stepping the inferior.
788
789@findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT
790@item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status})
791Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of
792the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}.
b6b8ece6
EZ
793Normally, this macro is defined to invoke the function pointed to by
794the @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} member of the structure (of the
795type @code{target_ops}, defined on @file{target.h}) that describes the
796target-specific operations; @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} ignores
797the @var{wait_status} argument.
798
799@value{GDBN} does not require the non-zero value returned by
800@code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to be 100% correct, so if a target cannot
801determine for sure whether the inferior stopped due to a watchpoint,
802it could return non-zero ``just in case''.
9742079a
EZ
803@end table
804
d983da9c
DJ
805@subsection Watchpoints and Threads
806@cindex watchpoints, with threads
807
808@value{GDBN} only supports process-wide watchpoints, which trigger
809in all threads. @value{GDBN} uses the thread ID to make watchpoints
810act as if they were thread-specific, but it cannot set hardware
811watchpoints that only trigger in a specific thread. Therefore, even
812if the target supports threads, per-thread debug registers, and
813watchpoints which only affect a single thread, it should set the
814per-thread debug registers for all threads to the same value. On
815@sc{gnu}/Linux native targets, this is accomplished by using
816@code{ALL_LWPS} in @code{target_insert_watchpoint} and
817@code{target_remove_watchpoint} and by using
818@code{linux_set_new_thread} to register a handler for newly created
819threads.
820
821@value{GDBN}'s @sc{gnu}/Linux support only reports a single event
822at a time, although multiple events can trigger simultaneously for
823multi-threaded programs. When multiple events occur, @file{linux-nat.c}
824queues subsequent events and returns them the next time the program
825is resumed. This means that @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} and
826@code{target_stopped_data_address} only need to consult the current
827thread's state---the thread indicated by @code{inferior_ptid}. If
828two threads have hit watchpoints simultaneously, those routines
829will be called a second time for the second thread.
830
9742079a
EZ
831@subsection x86 Watchpoints
832@cindex x86 debug registers
833@cindex watchpoints, on x86
834
835The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug
836registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a
837generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement
838support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This
839subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}.
840
1f70da6a
SS
841(At present, the library functions read and write debug registers directly, and are
842thus only available for native configurations.)
843
9742079a
EZ
844To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the
845following:
846
847@itemize @bullet
848@findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
849@item
850Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the
851target-dependent headers.
852
853@item
854Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after}
855defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
856
857@item
858Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable
f0323ca0 859@code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}).
9742079a
EZ
860
861@item
862Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described
863below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function
864which does the real work.
865@end itemize
866
867The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the
868debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the
869real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to
870provide:
871
872@table @code
873@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL
874@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val})
875Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}.
876
877@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR
878@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr})
879Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}.
880
881@findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR
882@item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx})
883Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register
884number @var{idx}.
885
886@findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
887@item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
888Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is
889used immediately after it is returned by
890@code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status
891register values.
892@end table
893
894For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3)
895that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN},
896to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This
897allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same
898expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without
899wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN}
900maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do
901anything to use this feature.
902
903The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4
904bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region
905be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte
906region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in
907@value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4
908bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch
909a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched
910region is also done automatically without target code intervention.
911
912The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the
913@value{GDBN}'s application code:
914
915@table @code
916@findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint
917@item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len})
918The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call
919this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to
920watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is
921less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86
922processors.
923
924@findex i386_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
925@item i386_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
926The target function
927@code{target_stopped_data_address} is set to call this function.
928This
9742079a
EZ
929function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
930Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
931macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is
932set in DR6.
933
ac77d04f
JJ
934@findex i386_stopped_by_watchpoint
935@item i386_stopped_by_watchpoint (void)
936The macro @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}
937is set to call this function. The
938argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This
939function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
940Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
941macro, and returns true if any bit is set. Otherwise, false is
942returned.
943
9742079a
EZ
944@findex i386_insert_watchpoint
945@findex i386_remove_watchpoint
946@item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
947@itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
948Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros
949@code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint}
950are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first
951looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same
952region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the
953reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug
954register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found,
937f164b
FF
955the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored
956value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control
9742079a
EZ
957register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters,
958and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the
959inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and
960@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is
961required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for
962each debug register.
963
964@code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address
937f164b
FF
965in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and
966length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new
9742079a
EZ
967values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and
968@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several
969watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it
970decrements the reference count, and only calls
971@code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when
972the count goes to zero.
973
974@findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint
975@findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint
8181d85f
DJ
976@item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
977@itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
9742079a
EZ
978These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The
979macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and
980@code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions.
8181d85f
DJ
981The argument is a @code{struct bp_target_info *}, as described in
982the documentation for @code{target_insert_breakpoint}.
9742079a
EZ
983These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and
984@code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up
985the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each
986hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug
987register.
988
989@findex i386_stopped_by_hwbp
990@item i386_stopped_by_hwbp (void)
991This function returns non-zero if the inferior has some watchpoint or
992hardware breakpoint that triggered. It works like
ac77d04f 993@code{i386_stopped_data_address}, except that it doesn't record the
9742079a
EZ
994address whose watchpoint triggered.
995
996@findex i386_cleanup_dregs
997@item i386_cleanup_dregs (void)
998This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control
999bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect
1000the actual debug registers in the inferior process.
1001@end table
1002
1003@noindent
1004@strong{Notes:}
1005@enumerate 1
1006@item
1007x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes.
1008However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since
1009@code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O
1010watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running
1011on x86.
1012
1013@item
1014x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task
1015only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register,
1016there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines
1017whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The
1018current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN}
1019always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global
1020watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably
1021unavailable in many platforms.
1022@end enumerate
1023
5c95884b
MS
1024@section Checkpoints
1025@cindex checkpoints
1026@cindex restart
1027In the abstract, a checkpoint is a point in the execution history of
1028the program, which the user may wish to return to at some later time.
1029
1030Internally, a checkpoint is a saved copy of the program state, including
1031whatever information is required in order to restore the program to that
1032state at a later time. This can be expected to include the state of
1033registers and memory, and may include external state such as the state
1034of open files and devices.
1035
1036There are a number of ways in which checkpoints may be implemented
b247355e 1037in gdb, e.g.@: as corefiles, as forked processes, and as some opaque
5c95884b
MS
1038method implemented on the target side.
1039
1040A corefile can be used to save an image of target memory and register
1041state, which can in principle be restored later --- but corefiles do
1042not typically include information about external entities such as
1043open files. Currently this method is not implemented in gdb.
1044
1045A forked process can save the state of user memory and registers,
1046as well as some subset of external (kernel) state. This method
1047is used to implement checkpoints on Linux, and in principle might
1048be used on other systems.
1049
b247355e 1050Some targets, e.g.@: simulators, might have their own built-in
5c95884b
MS
1051method for saving checkpoints, and gdb might be able to take
1052advantage of that capability without necessarily knowing any
1053details of how it is done.
1054
1055
bcd7e15f
JB
1056@section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals
1057@cindex observer pattern interface
1058@cindex notifications about changes in internals
1059
1060In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when
1061some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these
1062modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being
1063hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was
1064versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in
1065@value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also
1066a strong limitation.
1067
1068A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design
1069Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide
1070a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms
1071previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed,
1072easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard
1073interface when adding new notifications.
1074
1075See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers
1076currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current
1077implementation is also briefly discussed.
1078
c906108c
SS
1079@node User Interface
1080
1081@chapter User Interface
1082
1f70da6a
SS
1083@value{GDBN} has several user interfaces, of which the traditional
1084command-line interface is perhaps the most familiar.
c906108c
SS
1085
1086@section Command Interpreter
1087
56caf160 1088@cindex command interpreter
0ee54786 1089@cindex CLI
25822942 1090The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to
c906108c
SS
1091allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also
1092has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to
1093a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list.
1094
56caf160
EZ
1095For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the
1096@code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses
c906108c
SS
1097to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}.
1098
56caf160
EZ
1099@findex add_cmd
1100@findex add_com
c906108c
SS
1101To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to
1102the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual
cfeada60 1103place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at
9742079a 1104the ends of most source files.
cfeada60 1105
40dd2248
TT
1106@findex add_setshow_cmd
1107@findex add_setshow_cmd_full
1108To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use
1109@code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is
1110a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to
1111further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns
1112the new command structures for manipulation.
1113
56caf160
EZ
1114@cindex deprecating commands
1115@findex deprecate_cmd
cfeada60
FN
1116Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to
1117deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or
1118aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a
1119@code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the
1120return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the
1121command immediately after it is created.
1122
c72e7388 1123The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a
cfeada60 1124replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to
d3e8051b 1125@code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e., the
cfeada60 1126entire string the user should type at the command line.
c906108c 1127
587afa38 1128@anchor{UI-Independent Output}
0ee54786
EZ
1129@section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions
1130@c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando
1131@c Nasser <fnasser@redhat.com>.
1132
1133@cindex @code{ui_out} functions
1134The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the
1135@value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user
1136interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer
1137from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for
1138every UI, to produce output.
1139
1140@subsection Overview and Terminology
1141
1142In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort
1143of output, and can even generate an input request.
1144
1145Output can be generated for the following purposes:
1146
1147@itemize @bullet
1148@item
1149to display a @emph{result} of an operation;
1150
1151@item
1152to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested
1153operation;
1154
1155@item
1156to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including
1157progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation);
1158
1159@item
1160to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings);
1161
1162@item
1163to show @emph{debug data};
1164
1165@item
1166to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case).
1167@end itemize
1168
1169@noindent
1170This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output,
1171although some of it also applies to other kinds of output.
1172
1173Generation of output that displays the results of an operation
1174involves one or more of the following:
1175
1176@itemize @bullet
1177@item
1178output of the actual data
1179
1180@item
1181formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it
1182easily readable by humans
1183
1184@item
1185machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy
1186parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output
1187
1188@item
c72e7388
AC
1189annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting
1190parts in the output
0ee54786
EZ
1191@end itemize
1192
1193The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects.
c72e7388
AC
1194Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use
1195of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is
0ee54786
EZ
1196deprecated.
1197
c72e7388
AC
1198Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field};
1199a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of
1200non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a
1201header and a body. In a BNF-like form:
0ee54786 1202
c72e7388
AC
1203@table @code
1204@item <table> @expansion{}
1205@code{<header> <body>}
1206@item <header> @expansion{}
1207@code{@{ <column> @}}
1208@item <column> @expansion{}
1209@code{<width> <alignment> <title>}
1210@item <body> @expansion{}
1211@code{@{<row>@}}
1212@end table
0ee54786
EZ
1213
1214
1215@subsection General Conventions
1216
c72e7388
AC
1217Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are
1218@code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created
1219object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines.
0ee54786 1220
c72e7388
AC
1221The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer
1222to a @code{struct ui_out}.
0ee54786 1223
c72e7388
AC
1224The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions.
1225When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments
1226sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied
0ee54786
EZ
1227format.
1228
c72e7388
AC
1229When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function
1230call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead.
0ee54786
EZ
1231
1232
c72e7388 1233@subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions
0ee54786
EZ
1234
1235@cindex list output functions
1236@cindex table output functions
c72e7388
AC
1237@cindex tuple output functions
1238This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists,
1239tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items
1240(fields) are presented in the next section.
0ee54786 1241
c72e7388
AC
1242To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field
1243containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of
1244fields where each field describes an identical object.
0ee54786 1245
c72e7388
AC
1246Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of
1247rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this
1248even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header.
0ee54786
EZ
1249
1250@cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions
c72e7388
AC
1251Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a
1252maximum of five levels.
0ee54786
EZ
1253
1254The overall structure of the table output code is something like this:
1255
474c8240 1256@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1257 ui_out_table_begin
1258 ui_out_table_header
c72e7388 1259 @dots{}
0ee54786 1260 ui_out_table_body
c72e7388 1261 ui_out_tuple_begin
0ee54786 1262 ui_out_field_*
c72e7388
AC
1263 @dots{}
1264 ui_out_tuple_end
1265 @dots{}
0ee54786 1266 ui_out_table_end
474c8240 1267@end smallexample
0ee54786 1268
c72e7388 1269Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out}
0ee54786
EZ
1270functions:
1271
c72e7388
AC
1272@deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid})
1273The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output
1274of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out}
1275function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in
1276the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table.
1277@var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string
1278pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of
1279@code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it
1280was @code{malloc}ed.
0ee54786
EZ
1281
1282The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks
1283the end of the table's output.
1284@end deftypefun
1285
c72e7388
AC
1286@deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr})
1287@code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single
1288table column. You call this function several times, one each for every
1289column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before
1290@code{ui_out_table_body}.
0ee54786
EZ
1291
1292The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The
1293value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and
1294@code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify,
1295center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that
1296specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so
c72e7388
AC
1297column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the
1298call.
0ee54786
EZ
1299@end deftypefun
1300
1301@deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388 1302This function delimits the table header from the table body.
0ee54786
EZ
1303@end deftypefun
1304
1305@deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1306This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called
1307after the table body has been produced by the list and field output
1308functions.
0ee54786
EZ
1309
1310There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each
c72e7388
AC
1311call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions
1312will signal an internal error.
0ee54786
EZ
1313@end deftypefun
1314
c72e7388 1315The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the
0ee54786 1316call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to
c72e7388
AC
1317@code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling
1318@code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable
0ee54786
EZ
1319calls to functions which actually output fields between them.
1320
c72e7388
AC
1321@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1322This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points
1323to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the
1324implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1325after the call.
1326@end deftypefun
1327
1328@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1329This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly
1330one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to
1331@code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1332be signaled.
1333@end deftypefun
1334
587afa38 1335@deftypefun {struct cleanup *} make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
c72e7388
AC
1336This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup
1337(@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) to close the tuple. It provides a convenient
1338and correct implementation of the non-portable@footnote{The function
b9aa90c9 1339cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence:
c72e7388
AC
1340@smallexample
1341struct cleanup *old_cleanup;
1342ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "...");
1343old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end,
1344 uiout);
1345@end smallexample
1346@end deftypefun
1347
1348@deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1349This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to
1350an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the
1351implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1352after the call.
0ee54786
EZ
1353@end deftypefun
1354
1355@deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1356This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly
1357one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to
1358@code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1359be signaled.
1360@end deftypefun
1361
587afa38 1362@deftypefun {struct cleanup *} make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
c72e7388
AC
1363Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function
1364opens a list and then establishes cleanup (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups})
f66d1690 1365that will close the list.
0ee54786
EZ
1366@end deftypefun
1367
1368@subsection Item Output Functions
1369
1370@cindex item output functions
1371@cindex field output functions
1372@cindex data output
1373The functions described below produce output for the actual data
1374items, or fields, which contain information about the object.
1375
1376Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs.
1377
1378@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...)
1379This is the most general output function. It produces the
1380representation of the data in the variable-length argument list
1381according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a
1382@code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname}
1383supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are
1384supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}.
1385
1386This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to
1387use one of the specialized versions (see below).
1388@end deftypefun
1389
c72e7388 1390@deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
0ee54786
EZ
1391This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the
1392@code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies
1393the name of the field.
1394@end deftypefun
8d19fbd2
JJ
1395
1396@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
1397This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from
1398@code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output.
1399@var{fldname} specifies
1400the name of the field.
1401@end deftypefun
0ee54786 1402
5af949e3
UW
1403@deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
1404This function outputs an address as appropriate for @var{gdbarch}.
0ee54786
EZ
1405@end deftypefun
1406
c72e7388 1407@deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1408This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion
1409specification.
1410@end deftypefun
1411
1412Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using
1413functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or
1414@code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of
1415the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object
1416used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one
1417of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a
1418@code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end,
1419you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling
1420@code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that
1421@code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions,
1422and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you
1423constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed,
1424you should destroy it and free its memory by calling
1425@code{ui_out_stream_delete}.
1426
587afa38 1427@deftypefun {struct ui_stream *} ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
0ee54786
EZ
1428This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the
1429same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is
1430passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created
1431@code{ui_stream} object.
1432@end deftypefun
1433
1434@deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
1435This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by
1436@var{streambuf}.
1437@end deftypefun
1438
c72e7388 1439@deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
0ee54786
EZ
1440This function consumes all the data accumulated in
1441@code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like
1442@code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to
1443@code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but
1444the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields.
1445@end deftypefun
1446
1447@strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail
1448out before completing output generation and reaching the point where
1449@code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a
1450cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a
1451skeleton code to do that:
1452
1453@smallexample
1454 struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1455 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1456 ...
1457 do_cleanups (old);
1458@end smallexample
1459
1460If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds
1461of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it:
1462
1463@smallexample
1464 mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1465 make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1466@end smallexample
1467
1468Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call
1469@code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the
1470same buffer twice.
1471
1472@subsection Utility Output Functions
1473
c72e7388 1474@deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname})
0ee54786
EZ
1475This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave
1476an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument
1477@var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed.
1478@end deftypefun
1479
c72e7388 1480@deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1481This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it
1482easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of
1483this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it
1484from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen.
1485
1486Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around
1487the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according
1488to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a
1489string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to
1490output short messages.
1491@end deftypefun
1492
1493@deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces})
1494This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the
1495text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or
1496list.
1497@end deftypefun
1498
c72e7388 1499@deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
0ee54786
EZ
1500This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current
1501verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The
1502current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set
1503verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001),
1504setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned
1505as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity}
1506argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.}
1507@end deftypefun
1508
1509@deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent})
1510This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint
1511of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other
1512output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to
1513be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain
1514accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an
1515explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If
1516@var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented.
1517@end deftypefun
1518
1519@deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1520This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if
1521the UI buffers output.
1522@end deftypefun
1523
1524
1525@subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions
1526
1527@cindex using @code{ui_out} functions
1528@cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples
1529This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out}
1530functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in
1531@value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the
1532@file{breakpoints.c} file.
1533
1534This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to
1535produce a table.
1536
1537The original code was:
1538
474c8240 1539@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1540 if (!found_a_breakpoint++)
1541 @{
1542 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1543
1544 annotate_field (0);
1545 printf_filtered ("Num ");
1546 annotate_field (1);
1547 printf_filtered ("Type ");
1548 annotate_field (2);
1549 printf_filtered ("Disp ");
1550 annotate_field (3);
1551 printf_filtered ("Enb ");
1552 if (addressprint)
1553 @{
1554 annotate_field (4);
1555 printf_filtered ("Address ");
1556 @}
1557 annotate_field (5);
1558 printf_filtered ("What\n");
1559
1560 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
1561 @}
474c8240 1562@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1563
1564Here's the new version:
1565
474c8240 1566@smallexample
c72e7388
AC
1567 nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{};
1568
1569 if (addressprint)
1570 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1571 else
1572 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1573
1574 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1575 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1576 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1577 annotate_field (0);
1578 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
1579 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1580 annotate_field (1);
1581 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
1582 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1583 annotate_field (2);
1584 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
1585 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1586 annotate_field (3);
1587 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
1588 if (addressprint)
1589 @{
1590 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1591 annotate_field (4);
a6d9a66e 1592 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
c72e7388 1593 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
0ee54786 1594 else
c72e7388
AC
1595 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
1596 @}
1597 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1598 annotate_field (5);
1599 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
1600 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
1601 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1602 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
474c8240 1603@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1604
1605This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how
1606to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined
1607in the above example. The original code was:
1608
474c8240 1609@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1610 annotate_record ();
1611 annotate_field (0);
1612 printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number);
1613 annotate_field (1);
1614 if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0]))
1615 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1616 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1617 (int)b->type);
1618 printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1619 annotate_field (2);
1620 printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1621 annotate_field (3);
1622 printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1623 @dots{}
474c8240 1624@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1625
1626This is the new version:
1627
474c8240 1628@smallexample
0ee54786 1629 annotate_record ();
c72e7388 1630 ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt");
0ee54786
EZ
1631 annotate_field (0);
1632 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
1633 annotate_field (1);
1634 if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
1635 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1636 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1637 (int) b->type);
1638 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1639 annotate_field (2);
1640 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1641 annotate_field (3);
1642 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1643 @dots{}
474c8240 1644@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1645
1646This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to
1647produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression}
1648functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to
1649automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was:
1650
474c8240 1651@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1652 annotate_field (5);
1653 print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout);
474c8240 1654@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1655
1656The new version is:
1657
474c8240 1658@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1659 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1660 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
1661 ...
1662 annotate_field (5);
1663 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
1664 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream);
474c8240 1665@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1666
1667This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use
1668@code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code
1669was:
1670
474c8240 1671@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1672 annotate_field (5);
1673 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1674 printf_filtered ("<any library> ");
1675 else
1676 printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname);
474c8240 1677@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1678
1679It became:
1680
474c8240 1681@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1682 annotate_field (5);
1683 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1684 @{
1685 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
1686 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1687 @}
1688 else
1689 @{
1690 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
1691 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
1692 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1693 @}
474c8240 1694@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1695
1696The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to
1697use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original
1698code was:
1699
474c8240 1700@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1701 annotate_field (5);
1702 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1703 printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid);
474c8240 1704@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1705
1706It became:
1707
474c8240 1708@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1709 annotate_field (5);
1710 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1711 @{
1712 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
1713 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
1714 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1715 @}
474c8240 1716@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1717
1718Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original
1719code was:
1720
474c8240 1721@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1722 annotate_field (5);
1723 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1724 printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname);
474c8240 1725@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1726
1727It became:
1728
474c8240 1729@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1730 annotate_field (5);
1731 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1732 @{
1733 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
1734 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
1735 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1736 @}
474c8240 1737@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1738
1739Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code:
1740
474c8240 1741@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1742 annotate_field (4);
1743 printf_filtered ("%s ",
15a661f3 1744 hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, 8));
474c8240 1745@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1746
1747It became:
1748
474c8240 1749@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1750 annotate_field (4);
1751 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address);
474c8240 1752@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1753
1754
c906108c
SS
1755@section Console Printing
1756
1757@section TUI
1758
89437448 1759@node libgdb
c906108c 1760
89437448
AC
1761@chapter libgdb
1762
1763@section libgdb 1.0
1764@cindex @code{libgdb}
1765@code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was
1766to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality.
1767
1768@section libgdb 2.0
56caf160 1769@cindex @code{libgdb}
89437448
AC
1770@code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is
1771better able to support graphical and other environments.
1772
1773Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still
1774evolving. The following components have so far been identified:
1775
1776@itemize @bullet
1777@item
1778Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}.
1779@item
1780Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1781@item
1782Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1783@item
1784Library - @file{gdb.h}
1785@end itemize
1786
1787The model that ties these components together is described below.
1788
1789@section The @code{libgdb} Model
1790
1791A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways.
1792
1793@itemize @bullet
1794@item
1795As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from
1796@code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run
1797state, etc).
1798@item
1799As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to
1800obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}.
1801@end itemize
1802
c1468174 1803Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g., a GUI supporting
89437448
AC
1804the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when
1805controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that
587afa38 1806@code{libgdb} is idle (i.e.@: no other client is using @code{libgdb})
89437448
AC
1807before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query.
1808
1809@section CLI support
1810
1811At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of
1812@code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in
1813their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's
1814requirements.
1815
1816It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal
1817(alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch
1818out the theory:
1819
1820@itemize @bullet
1821@item
1822The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}.
1823@item
1824The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own
1825versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and
1826@code{gdb_stdout} streams.
1827@item
1828The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only
1829used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}.
1830@end itemize
1831
1832When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it
1833along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all
1834the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted)
1835through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams.
1836At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by
1837virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer.
1838
1839The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until
1840@code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the
1841client's custom builder).
1842
1843@section @code{libgdb} components
1844
1845@subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}
1846@file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can
1847be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one
1848observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay
1849the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has
1850finished the current command.
1851
1852@subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1853@file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to
1854create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb}
1855when doing any queries.
1856
1857@subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1858@c There could be an entire section on the event-loop
1859@file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event
1860loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or,
587afa38 1861implement a new event-loop that @value{GDBN} would use.
89437448
AC
1862
1863The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that
a9f12a31 1864@value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking
89437448
AC
1865instead of returning.
1866
1867@subheading Library - @file{gdb.h}
1868@file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides
1869the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out}
1870builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder
1871before the query function returns.
c906108c 1872
5f5233d4
PA
1873@node Values
1874@chapter Values
1875@section Values
1876
1877@cindex values
1878@cindex @code{value} structure
1879@value{GDBN} uses @code{struct value}, or @dfn{values}, as an internal
1880abstraction for the representation of a variety of inferior objects
1881and @value{GDBN} convenience objects.
1882
1883Values have an associated @code{struct type}, that describes a virtual
1884view of the raw data or object stored in or accessed through the
1885value.
1886
1887A value is in addition discriminated by its lvalue-ness, given its
1888@code{enum lval_type} enumeration type:
1889
1890@cindex @code{lval_type} enumeration, for values.
1891@table @code
1892@item @code{not_lval}
1893This value is not an lval. It can't be assigned to.
1894
1895@item @code{lval_memory}
1896This value represents an object in memory.
1897
1898@item @code{lval_register}
1899This value represents an object that lives in a register.
1900
1901@item @code{lval_internalvar}
1902Represents the value of an internal variable.
1903
1904@item @code{lval_internalvar_component}
1905Represents part of a @value{GDBN} internal variable. E.g., a
1906structure field.
1907
1908@cindex computed values
1909@item @code{lval_computed}
1910These are ``computed'' values. They allow creating specialized value
1911objects for specific purposes, all abstracted away from the core value
1912support code. The creator of such a value writes specialized
1913functions to handle the reading and writing to/from the value's
1914backend data, and optionally, a ``copy operator'' and a
1915``destructor''.
1916
1917Pointers to these functions are stored in a @code{struct lval_funcs}
1918instance (declared in @file{value.h}), and passed to the
1919@code{allocate_computed_value} function, as in the example below.
1920
1921@smallexample
1922static void
1923nil_value_read (struct value *v)
1924@{
1925 /* This callback reads data from some backend, and stores it in V.
1926 In this case, we always read null data. You'll want to fill in
1927 something more interesting. */
1928
1929 memset (value_contents_all_raw (v),
1930 value_offset (v),
1931 TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v)));
1932@}
1933
1934static void
1935nil_value_write (struct value *v, struct value *fromval)
1936@{
1937 /* Takes the data from FROMVAL and stores it in the backend of V. */
1938
1939 to_oblivion (value_contents_all_raw (fromval),
1940 value_offset (v),
1941 TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (fromval)));
1942@}
1943
1944static struct lval_funcs nil_value_funcs =
1945 @{
1946 nil_value_read,
1947 nil_value_write
1948 @};
1949
1950struct value *
1951make_nil_value (void)
1952@{
1953 struct type *type;
1954 struct value *v;
1955
1956 type = make_nils_type ();
1957 v = allocate_computed_value (type, &nil_value_funcs, NULL);
1958
1959 return v;
1960@}
1961@end smallexample
1962
1963See the implementation of the @code{$_siginfo} convenience variable in
1964@file{infrun.c} as a real example use of lval_computed.
1965
1966@end table
1967
669fac23
DJ
1968@node Stack Frames
1969@chapter Stack Frames
1970
1971@cindex frame
1972@cindex call stack frame
1973A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling
1974and called functions.
1975
1976@cindex unwind frame
1977@value{GDBN}'s frame model, a fresh design, was implemented with the
1978need to support @sc{dwarf}'s Call Frame Information in mind. In fact,
1979the term ``unwind'' is taken directly from that specification.
1980Developers wishing to learn more about unwinders, are encouraged to
1981read the @sc{dwarf} specification, available from
1982@url{http://www.dwarfstd.org}.
1983
1984@findex frame_register_unwind
1985@findex get_frame_register
1986@value{GDBN}'s model is that you find a frame's registers by
1987``unwinding'' them from the next younger frame. That is,
1988@samp{get_frame_register} which returns the value of a register in
1989frame #1 (the next-to-youngest frame), is implemented by calling frame
1990#0's @code{frame_register_unwind} (the youngest frame). But then the
1991obvious question is: how do you access the registers of the youngest
1992frame itself?
1993
1994@cindex sentinel frame
1995@findex get_frame_type
1996@vindex SENTINEL_FRAME
587afa38 1997To answer this question, @value{GDBN} has the @dfn{sentinel} frame, the
669fac23
DJ
1998``-1st'' frame. Unwinding registers from the sentinel frame gives you
1999the current values of the youngest real frame's registers. If @var{f}
2000is a sentinel frame, then @code{get_frame_type (@var{f}) @equiv{}
2001SENTINEL_FRAME}.
2002
2003@section Selecting an Unwinder
2004
2005@findex frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder
2006@findex frame_unwind_append_unwinder
2007The architecture registers a list of frame unwinders (@code{struct
2008frame_unwind}), using the functions
2009@code{frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder} and
2010@code{frame_unwind_append_unwinder}. Each unwinder includes a
2011sniffer. Whenever @value{GDBN} needs to unwind a frame (to fetch the
2012previous frame's registers or the current frame's ID), it calls
2013registered sniffers in order to find one which recognizes the frame.
2014The first time a sniffer returns non-zero, the corresponding unwinder
2015is assigned to the frame.
2016
2017@section Unwinding the Frame ID
2018@cindex frame ID
2019
2020Every frame has an associated ID, of type @code{struct frame_id}.
2021The ID includes the stack base and function start address for
2022the frame. The ID persists through the entire life of the frame,
2023including while other called frames are running; it is used to
2024locate an appropriate @code{struct frame_info} from the cache.
2025
2026Every time the inferior stops, and at various other times, the frame
2027cache is flushed. Because of this, parts of @value{GDBN} which need
2028to keep track of individual frames cannot use pointers to @code{struct
2029frame_info}. A frame ID provides a stable reference to a frame, even
2030when the unwinder must be run again to generate a new @code{struct
2031frame_info} for the same frame.
2032
2033The frame's unwinder's @code{this_id} method is called to find the ID.
2034Note that this is different from register unwinding, where the next
2035frame's @code{prev_register} is called to unwind this frame's
2036registers.
2037
2038Both stack base and function address are required to identify the
2039frame, because a recursive function has the same function address for
2040two consecutive frames and a leaf function may have the same stack
2041address as its caller. On some platforms, a third address is part of
2042the ID to further disambiguate frames---for instance, on IA-64
2043the separate register stack address is included in the ID.
2044
2045An invalid frame ID (@code{null_frame_id}) returned from the
2046@code{this_id} method means to stop unwinding after this frame.
2047
2048@section Unwinding Registers
2049
2050Each unwinder includes a @code{prev_register} method. This method
2051takes a frame, an associated cache pointer, and a register number.
2052It returns a @code{struct value *} describing the requested register,
2053as saved by this frame. This is the value of the register that is
2054current in this frame's caller.
2055
2056The returned value must have the same type as the register. It may
2057have any lvalue type. In most circumstances one of these routines
2058will generate the appropriate value:
2059
2060@table @code
2061@item frame_unwind_got_optimized
2062@findex frame_unwind_got_optimized
2063This register was not saved.
2064
2065@item frame_unwind_got_register
2066@findex frame_unwind_got_register
2067This register was copied into another register in this frame. This
2068is also used for unchanged registers; they are ``copied'' into the
2069same register.
2070
2071@item frame_unwind_got_memory
2072@findex frame_unwind_got_memory
2073This register was saved in memory.
2074
2075@item frame_unwind_got_constant
2076@findex frame_unwind_got_constant
2077This register was not saved, but the unwinder can compute the previous
2078value some other way.
2079
2080@item frame_unwind_got_address
2081@findex frame_unwind_got_address
2082Same as @code{frame_unwind_got_constant}, except that the value is a target
2083address. This is frequently used for the stack pointer, which is not
2084explicitly saved but has a known offset from this frame's stack
2085pointer. For architectures with a flat unified address space, this is
2086generally the same as @code{frame_unwind_got_constant}.
2087@end table
2088
c906108c
SS
2089@node Symbol Handling
2090
2091@chapter Symbol Handling
2092
1f70da6a
SS
2093Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include
2094variables, functions, and types.
2095
2096Symbol information for a large program can be truly massive, and
2097reading of symbol information is one of the major performance
2098bottlenecks in @value{GDBN}; it can take many minutes to process it
2099all. Studies have shown that nearly all the time spent is
2100computational, rather than file reading.
2101
2102One of the ways for @value{GDBN} to provide a good user experience is
2103to start up quickly, taking no more than a few seconds. It is simply
2104not possible to process all of a program's debugging info in that
2105time, and so we attempt to handle symbols incrementally. For instance,
2106we create @dfn{partial symbol tables} consisting of only selected
2107symbols, and only expand them to full symbol tables when necessary.
c906108c
SS
2108
2109@section Symbol Reading
2110
56caf160
EZ
2111@cindex symbol reading
2112@cindex reading of symbols
2113@cindex symbol files
2114@value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol
2115file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is
2116debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for
2117symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read
1f70da6a
SS
2118more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands. In
2119addition, it may bring in more symbols while loading shared
2120libraries.
56caf160
EZ
2121
2122@findex find_sym_fns
2123Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using
2124the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type
2125of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses
2126this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions.
2127
2128@findex add_symtab_fns
2129@cindex @code{sym_fns} structure
2130@cindex adding a symbol-reading module
2131Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling
c906108c
SS
2132@code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument
2133to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the
2134name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix,
2135and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various
56caf160 2136times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified
c906108c
SS
2137prefix.
2138
2139The functions supplied by each module are:
2140
2141@table @code
2142@item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf)
2143
56caf160 2144@cindex secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
2145Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new
2146symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly
2147resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to
56caf160
EZ
2148read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading
2149might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
2150whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table.
2151
2152The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated
2153@code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the
2154new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed,
2155and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private
2156information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed
2157in the @code{private} field.
2158
2159There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call
2160@code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem.
2161
2162@item @var{xyz}_new_init()
2163
2164Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols.
56caf160
EZ
2165This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal
2166state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of
2167@value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no
2168arguments and no result. It may be called after
2169@code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or
2170may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded.
c906108c
SS
2171
2172@item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline)
2173
2174Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a
2175symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs.
2176
56caf160 2177@code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to
c906108c
SS
2178@code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is
2179the offset between the file's specified start address and its true
2180address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol
c1468174 2181table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g., shared library
c906108c
SS
2182or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill
2183@end table
2184
2185In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when
2186@var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer
2187to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called
25822942 2188from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code.
c906108c
SS
2189
2190@table @code
2191@item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
2192
56caf160 2193Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if
c906108c
SS
2194the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab}
2195pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a
56caf160
EZ
2196symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and
2197@code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or
c906108c
SS
2198zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file.
2199@end table
2200
2201@section Partial Symbol Tables
2202
56caf160 2203@value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables:
c906108c
SS
2204
2205@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
2206@cindex full symbol table
2207@cindex symtabs
2208@item
2209Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main
2210information about symbols and addresses.
c906108c 2211
56caf160
EZ
2212@cindex psymtabs
2213@item
2214Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough
c906108c
SS
2215information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full
2216symbol table.
2217
56caf160
EZ
2218@cindex minimal symbol table
2219@cindex minsymtabs
2220@item
2221Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information
c906108c 2222gleaned from non-debugging symbols.
c906108c
SS
2223@end itemize
2224
56caf160 2225@cindex partial symbol table
c906108c
SS
2226This section describes partial symbol tables.
2227
2228A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable
2229file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are
56caf160 2230extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will
c906108c 2231need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the
25822942 2232information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very
c906108c
SS
2233quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small
2234pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to
2235the user.
2236@c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.)
2237
2238The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those
2239visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from
2240that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and
56caf160 2241types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope.
c906108c
SS
2242
2243The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the
2244full symbol table would represent.
2245
56caf160
EZ
2246@cindex finding a symbol
2247@cindex symbol lookup
c906108c
SS
2248The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the
2249code in the debugger) to reference a symbol:
2250
2251@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
2252@findex find_pc_function
2253@findex find_pc_line
2254@item
c1468174 2255By its address (e.g., execution stops at some address which is inside a
56caf160
EZ
2256function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the
2257range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in.
2258@code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other
2259@code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this.
c906108c 2260
56caf160
EZ
2261@cindex lookup_symbol
2262@item
2263By its name
c1468174 2264(e.g., the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a
c906108c
SS
2265function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the
2266psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will
2267have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which
2268case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the
56caf160 2269qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a
c906108c
SS
2270local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol}
2271does most of the work here.
c906108c
SS
2272@end itemize
2273
2274The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in
2275at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab,
2276while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since
2277psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in
2278them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol,
2279either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by
2280name.
2281
56caf160
EZ
2282It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has
2283been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read
2284in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain
2285all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address
2286ranges.
c906108c 2287
56caf160 2288The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be
c906108c
SS
2289thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always
2290be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a
2291bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack,
2292and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays
2293on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them
2294unless you want to do a lot more work.
2295
2296@section Types
2297
56caf160 2298@unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}).
c906108c 2299
56caf160 2300@cindex fundamental types
25822942 2301These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental
c906108c
SS
2302types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped
2303into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types
56caf160
EZ
2304that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN}
2305knows about.
c906108c 2306
56caf160 2307@unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}).
c906108c 2308
56caf160
EZ
2309@cindex type codes
2310Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one
2311of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as
2312@code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}
2313which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*}
2314types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by
2315other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed
2316or unsigned, and how many bits it uses.
c906108c 2317
56caf160 2318@unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}).
c906108c
SS
2319
2320These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to
56caf160
EZ
2321fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to
2322use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to
2323eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int}
2324initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a
2325@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for
2326an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the
2327@code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and
2328only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many
2329@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with
2330some particular objfile.
c906108c
SS
2331
2332@section Object File Formats
56caf160 2333@cindex object file formats
c906108c
SS
2334
2335@subsection a.out
2336
56caf160
EZ
2337@cindex @code{a.out} format
2338The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It
2339consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss},
2340which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data,
2341respectively.
c906108c 2342
56caf160 2343The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved
c906108c 2344place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used
56caf160
EZ
2345@samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging
2346format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal
c906108c
SS
2347symbols with distinctive attributes.
2348
56caf160 2349The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}.
c906108c
SS
2350
2351@subsection COFF
2352
56caf160 2353@cindex COFF format
c906108c
SS
2354The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix.
2355COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The
2356number of sections is limited.
2357
2358The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this
1f70da6a
SS
2359was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited.
2360For instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an
2361included file. GNU's COFF-using configs often use stabs-type info,
2362encapsulated in special sections.
c906108c
SS
2363
2364The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}.
2365
2366@subsection ECOFF
2367
56caf160 2368@cindex ECOFF format
c906108c
SS
2369ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha
2370workstations.
2371
2372The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}.
2373
2374@subsection XCOFF
2375
56caf160 2376@cindex XCOFF format
c906108c
SS
2377The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF.
2378The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging
56caf160
EZ
2379symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the
2380@code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more
2381information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}.
c906108c
SS
2382
2383The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what
2384shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which
2385refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be
2386relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least
2387using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has
2388been run (or the core file has been read).
2389
2390@subsection PE
2391
56caf160
EZ
2392@cindex PE-COFF format
2393Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their
c906108c
SS
2394executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers.
2395
25822942 2396While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic
c906108c
SS
2397COFF reader.
2398
2399@subsection ELF
2400
56caf160 2401@cindex ELF format
1f70da6a
SS
2402The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is
2403similar to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it
2404removes many of COFF's limitations. Debugging info may be either stabs
2405encapsulated in ELF sections, or more commonly these days, DWARF.
c906108c
SS
2406
2407The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}.
2408
2409@subsection SOM
2410
56caf160 2411@cindex SOM format
c906108c
SS
2412SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's
2413SOM, which is a cross-language ABI).
2414
1a92f856 2415The SOM reader is in @file{somread.c}.
c906108c 2416
c906108c
SS
2417@section Debugging File Formats
2418
2419This section describes characteristics of debugging information that
2420are independent of the object file format.
2421
2422@subsection stabs
2423
56caf160 2424@cindex stabs debugging info
c906108c
SS
2425@code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out}
2426format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file
2427formats, such as COFF and ELF.
2428
2429While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing,
2430including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does
2431the real work.
2432
2433@subsection COFF
2434
56caf160 2435@cindex COFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2436The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level
2437of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used.
2438
2439@subsection Mips debug (Third Eye)
2440
56caf160 2441@cindex ECOFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2442ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format.
2443
2444The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format.
2445
1f70da6a
SS
2446@c mention DWARF 1 as a formerly-supported format
2447
c906108c
SS
2448@subsection DWARF 2
2449
56caf160 2450@cindex DWARF 2 debugging info
c906108c
SS
2451DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1.
2452
2453The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}.
2454
31fffb02
CS
2455@subsection Compressed DWARF 2
2456
2457@cindex Compressed DWARF 2 debugging info
2458Compressed DWARF 2 is not technically a separate debugging format, but
2459merely DWARF 2 debug information that has been compressed. In this
2460format, every object-file section holding DWARF 2 debugging
2461information is compressed and prepended with a header. (The section
2462is also typically renamed, so a section called @code{.debug_info} in a
2463DWARF 2 binary would be called @code{.zdebug_info} in a compressed
2464DWARF 2 binary.) The header is 12 bytes long:
2465
2466@itemize @bullet
2467@item
24684 bytes: the literal string ``ZLIB''
2469@item
24708 bytes: the uncompressed size of the section, in big-endian byte
2471order.
2472@end itemize
2473
2474The same reader is used for both compressed an normal DWARF 2 info.
2475Section decompression is done in @code{zlib_decompress_section} in
2476@file{dwarf2read.c}.
2477
1f70da6a
SS
2478@subsection DWARF 3
2479
2480@cindex DWARF 3 debugging info
2481DWARF 3 is an improved version of DWARF 2.
2482
c906108c
SS
2483@subsection SOM
2484
56caf160 2485@cindex SOM debugging info
c906108c
SS
2486Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information.
2487
25822942 2488@section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2489
56caf160
EZ
2490@cindex adding debugging info reader
2491If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc),
c906108c
SS
2492there is probably little to be done.
2493
2494If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to
2495BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document.
2496
2497You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the
1f70da6a
SS
2498debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping
2499routines from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the
2500debugging information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not
2501depend on the BFD internal data structures.
c906108c
SS
2502
2503For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used
2504to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various
2505platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that
2506will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called
2507directly. This interface should be described in a file
56caf160 2508@file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 2509
c91d38aa
DJ
2510@section Memory Management for Symbol Files
2511
2512Most memory associated with a loaded symbol file is stored on
2513its @code{objfile_obstack}. This includes symbols, types,
2514namespace data, and other information produced by the symbol readers.
2515
2516Because this data lives on the objfile's obstack, it is automatically
2517released when the objfile is unloaded or reloaded. Therefore one
2518objfile must not reference symbol or type data from another objfile;
2519they could be unloaded at different times.
2520
2521User convenience variables, et cetera, have associated types. Normally
2522these types live in the associated objfile. However, when the objfile
2523is unloaded, those types are deep copied to global memory, so that
2524the values of the user variables and history items are not lost.
2525
c906108c
SS
2526
2527@node Language Support
2528
2529@chapter Language Support
2530
56caf160
EZ
2531@cindex language support
2532@value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader,
2533although it is possible for the user to set the source language
2534manually.
c906108c 2535
56caf160
EZ
2536@value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension
2537of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f}
2538means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language
2539identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF.
c906108c 2540
25822942 2541@section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2542
56caf160
EZ
2543@cindex adding source language
2544To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the
2545following steps:
c906108c
SS
2546
2547@table @emph
2548@item Create the expression parser.
2549
56caf160 2550@cindex expression parser
c906108c 2551This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for
56caf160 2552building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in
c906108c
SS
2553@file{parse.c}.
2554
56caf160 2555@cindex language parser
c906108c
SS
2556Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces
2557parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines
56caf160 2558@strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the
c906108c
SS
2559various parsers from defining the same global names:
2560
474c8240 2561@smallexample
56caf160
EZ
2562#define yyparse @var{lang}_parse
2563#define yylex @var{lang}_lex
2564#define yyerror @var{lang}_error
2565#define yylval @var{lang}_lval
2566#define yychar @var{lang}_char
2567#define yydebug @var{lang}_debug
2568#define yypact @var{lang}_pact
2569#define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1
2570#define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2
2571#define yydef @var{lang}_def
2572#define yychk @var{lang}_chk
2573#define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo
2574#define yyact @var{lang}_act
2575#define yyexca @var{lang}_exca
2576#define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag
2577#define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs
474c8240 2578@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
2579
2580At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and
2581initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an
2582@code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call
25822942 2583@samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
2584that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables
2585and functions, which will be used via pointers from your
2586@code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct
2587language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files,
2588for more information.
2589
2590@item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary
2591
56caf160
EZ
2592@cindex expression evaluation routines
2593@findex evaluate_subexp
2594@findex prefixify_subexp
2595@findex length_of_subexp
c906108c
SS
2596If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language),
2597add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support
56caf160
EZ
2598code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function
2599defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases
c906108c 2600for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}:
56caf160 2601@code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute
c906108c
SS
2602the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up.
2603
2604@item Update some existing code
2605
2606Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type
2607@code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}.
2608
2609Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included.
2610These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases)
2611are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch
2612statement, an error is reported.
2613
56caf160 2614@vindex current_language
c906108c
SS
2615Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable
2616@code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the
2617@code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable
2618string.
2619
56caf160 2620@findex _initialize_language
c906108c
SS
2621Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your
2622language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is
25822942 2623dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for.
c906108c 2624
56caf160 2625@findex allocate_symtab
c906108c
SS
2626Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading
2627code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly.
2628This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level.
2629Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source
2630file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol
2631information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading
2632code.
2633
56caf160
EZ
2634@findex print_subexp
2635@findex op_print_tab
2636Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new
c906108c
SS
2637expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the
2638printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}.
2639
2640@item Add a place of call
2641
56caf160 2642@findex parse_exp_1
c906108c 2643Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in
56caf160 2644@code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}).
c906108c 2645
c906108c
SS
2646@item Edit @file{Makefile.in}
2647
2648Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro
2649variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may
2650not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the
2651distribution!
c906108c
SS
2652@end table
2653
2654
2655@node Host Definition
2656
2657@chapter Host Definition
2658
56caf160 2659With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host
7fd60527
AC
2660definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided,
2661mainly, as an historical reference.
c906108c
SS
2662
2663@section Adding a New Host
2664
56caf160
EZ
2665@cindex adding a new host
2666@cindex host, adding
7fd60527
AC
2667@value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf.
2668New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts
2669@value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed
2670below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will
56caf160 2671eventually disappear.
c906108c 2672
c906108c 2673@table @file
c906108c 2674@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
1f70da6a
SS
2675This file is a Makefile fragment that once contained both host and
2676native configuration information (@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the
2677machine @var{xyz}. The host configuration information is now handled
2678by Autoconf.
7fd60527 2679
1f70da6a 2680Host configuration information included definitions for @code{CC},
7708fa01
AC
2681@code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES},
2682@code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 2683
1f70da6a 2684New host-only configurations do not need this file.
c906108c 2685
c906108c
SS
2686@end table
2687
1f70da6a
SS
2688(Files named @file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h} were once
2689used to define host-specific macros, but were no longer needed and
2690have all been removed.)
2691
c906108c
SS
2692@subheading Generic Host Support Files
2693
56caf160 2694@cindex generic host support
c906108c 2695There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
1f70da6a 2696various systems.
c906108c
SS
2697
2698@table @file
56caf160
EZ
2699@cindex remote debugging support
2700@cindex serial line support
c906108c 2701@item ser-unix.c
1f70da6a
SS
2702This contains serial line support for Unix systems. It is included by
2703default on all Unix-like hosts.
2704
2705@item ser-pipe.c
2706This contains serial pipe support for Unix systems. It is included by
2707default on all Unix-like hosts.
2708
2709@item ser-mingw.c
2710This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under
2711Windows using MinGW.
c906108c
SS
2712
2713@item ser-go32.c
2714This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS,
56caf160 2715using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment.
c906108c 2716
56caf160 2717@cindex TCP remote support
c906108c 2718@item ser-tcp.c
1f70da6a
SS
2719This contains generic TCP support using sockets. It is included by
2720default on all Unix-like hosts and with MinGW.
c906108c
SS
2721@end table
2722
2723@section Host Conditionals
2724
56caf160
EZ
2725When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
2726defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the
1f70da6a
SS
2727attributes of the host system. While formerly they could be set in
2728host-specific header files, at present they can be changed only by
2729setting @code{CFLAGS} when building, or by editing the source code.
2730
2731These macros and their meanings (or if the meaning is not documented
2732here, then one of the source files where they are used is indicated)
2733are:
c906108c 2734
56caf160 2735@ftable @code
25822942 2736@item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME
56caf160
EZ
2737The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally
2738@file{.gdbinit}).
c906108c 2739
c906108c
SS
2740@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER
2741If your host defines @code{SIGWINCH}, you can define this to be the name
2742of a function to be called if @code{SIGWINCH} is received.
2743
2744@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY
2745Define this to expand into code that will define the function named by
2746the expansion of @code{SIGWINCH_HANDLER}.
2747
c906108c 2748@item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES
56caf160 2749@cindex DOS text files
c906108c
SS
2750Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a
2751line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r}
56caf160
EZ
2752characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files
2753which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary
c906108c
SS
2754mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}.
2755
2756@item DEFAULT_PROMPT
56caf160 2757@cindex prompt
c906108c
SS
2758The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}).
2759
2760@item DEV_TTY
56caf160 2761@cindex terminal device
c906108c
SS
2762The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}.
2763
c906108c
SS
2764@item ISATTY
2765Substitute for isatty, if not available.
2766
1f70da6a
SS
2767@item FOPEN_RB
2768Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files.
c906108c
SS
2769
2770@item CC_HAS_LONG_LONG
56caf160
EZ
2771@cindex @code{long long} data type
2772Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long long}. This is set
2773by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2774
2775@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG
2776Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via
56caf160
EZ
2777the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the
2778@code{configure} script.
c906108c 2779
c906108c
SS
2780@item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR
2781Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number
2782@code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It
2783is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible.
2784
c906108c
SS
2785@item NORETURN
2786If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as @code{volatile},
2787that can be used in both the declaration and definition of functions to
2788indicate that they never return. The default is already set correctly
2789if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be defined.
2790
2791@item ATTR_NORETURN
2792If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as
2793@code{__attribute__ ((noreturn))}, that can be used in the declarations
2794of functions to indicate that they never return. The default is already
2795set correctly if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be
2796defined.
2797
c906108c 2798@item lint
56caf160 2799Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations.
c906108c
SS
2800
2801@item volatile
2802Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or
2803@code{/**/}.
56caf160 2804@end ftable
c906108c
SS
2805
2806
2807@node Target Architecture Definition
2808
2809@chapter Target Architecture Definition
2810
56caf160
EZ
2811@cindex target architecture definition
2812@value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of
2813machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works
2814with them.
c906108c 2815
af6c57ea
AC
2816The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure
2817@code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated
93c2c750 2818using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}.
c906108c 2819
b6fd0dfb
NR
2820@menu
2821* OS ABI Variant Handling::
2822* Initialize New Architecture::
2823* Registers and Memory::
2824* Pointers and Addresses::
2825* Address Classes::
587afa38 2826* Register Representation::
b6fd0dfb
NR
2827* Frame Interpretation::
2828* Inferior Call Setup::
b39f4988 2829* Adding support for debugging core files::
587afa38 2830* Defining Other Architecture Features::
b6fd0dfb 2831* Adding a New Target::
b6fd0dfb
NR
2832@end menu
2833
2834@node OS ABI Variant Handling
70f80edf
JT
2835@section Operating System ABI Variant Handling
2836@cindex OS ABI variants
2837
2838@value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS
2839ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of
2840variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major
2841components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers.
2842
2843A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair
2844(the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the
2845OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered
2846to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are
2847considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer
2848overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an
2849architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two
2850different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The
2851OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which
2852examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note
2853sections known to be used by several operating systems.
2854
2855@cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure
2856A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the
2857selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI
2858for each BFD architecture.
2859
f4b3909f 2860The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{defs.h}:
70f80edf
JT
2861
2862@table @code
2863
f4b3909f
EZ
2864@findex GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2865@item GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2866Used for struct gdbarch_info if ABI is still uninitialized.
2867
70f80edf
JT
2868@findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2869@item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2870The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch}
2871settings for the architecture will be used.
2872
2873@findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2874@item GDB_OSABI_SVR4
f4b3909f 2875UNIX System V Release 4.
70f80edf
JT
2876
2877@findex GDB_OSABI_HURD
2878@item GDB_OSABI_HURD
f4b3909f 2879GNU using the Hurd kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2880
2881@findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2882@item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
f4b3909f 2883Sun Solaris.
70f80edf
JT
2884
2885@findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2886@item GDB_OSABI_OSF1
f4b3909f 2887OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
70f80edf
JT
2888
2889@findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2890@item GDB_OSABI_LINUX
f4b3909f 2891GNU using the Linux kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2892
2893@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2894@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2895FreeBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2896
2897@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2898@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
f4b3909f 2899FreeBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2900
2901@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2902@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2903NetBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2904
2905@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2906@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
f4b3909f
EZ
2907NetBSD using the ELF executable format.
2908
2909@findex GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2910@item GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2911OpenBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2912
2913@findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2914@item GDB_OSABI_WINCE
f4b3909f 2915Windows CE.
70f80edf 2916
1029b7fa
MK
2917@findex GDB_OSABI_GO32
2918@item GDB_OSABI_GO32
f4b3909f 2919DJGPP.
1029b7fa 2920
f4b3909f
EZ
2921@findex GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2922@item GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2923Irix.
2924
f4b3909f
EZ
2925@findex GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2926@item GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2927Interix (Posix layer for MS-Windows systems).
1029b7fa 2928
f4b3909f
EZ
2929@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2930@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2931HP/UX using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf 2932
f4b3909f
EZ
2933@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2934@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2935HP/UX using the SOM executable format.
70f80edf 2936
f4b3909f
EZ
2937@findex GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2938@item GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2939QNX Neutrino.
2940
2941@findex GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2942@item GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2943Cygwin.
2944
2945@findex GDB_OSABI_AIX
2946@item GDB_OSABI_AIX
2947AIX.
70f80edf
JT
2948
2949@end table
2950
2951Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework:
2952
587afa38 2953@deftypefun {const char *} gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
70f80edf
JT
2954Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}.
2955@end deftypefun
2956
c133ab7a 2957@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}))
70f80edf 2958Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the
c133ab7a
MK
2959architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch},
2960@var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the
2961machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type,
2962will suffice.
70f80edf
JT
2963@end deftypefun
2964
2965@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd}))
2966Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the
2967BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}.
2968If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to
2969be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for
2970any architecture.
2971@end deftypefun
2972
587afa38 2973@deftypefun {enum gdb_osabi} gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd})
70f80edf
JT
2974Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI.
2975The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot
2976be determined.
2977@end deftypefun
2978
2979@deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2980Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the
2981@code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler
2982corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s
2983architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue
2984with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}.
2985@end deftypefun
2986
f4b3909f
EZ
2987@deftypefun void generic_elf_osabi_sniff_abi_tag_sections (bfd *@var{abfd}, asection *@var{sect}, void *@var{obj})
2988Helper routine for ELF file sniffers. Examine the file described by
2989@var{abfd} and look at ABI tag note sections to determine the OS ABI
2990from the note. This function should be called via
2991@code{bfd_map_over_sections}.
2992@end deftypefun
2993
b6fd0dfb 2994@node Initialize New Architecture
7a107747
DJ
2995@section Initializing a New Architecture
2996
587afa38
EZ
2997@menu
2998* How an Architecture is Represented::
2999* Looking Up an Existing Architecture::
3000* Creating a New Architecture::
3001@end menu
3002
3003@node How an Architecture is Represented
3004@subsection How an Architecture is Represented
3005@cindex architecture representation
3006@cindex representation of architecture
3007
7a107747 3008Each @code{gdbarch} is associated with a single @sc{bfd} architecture,
587afa38
EZ
3009via a @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}} in the @code{bfd_architecture}
3010enumeration. The @code{gdbarch} is registered by a call to
3011@code{register_gdbarch_init}, usually from the file's
3012@code{_initialize_@var{filename}} routine, which will be automatically
3013called during @value{GDBN} startup. The arguments are a @sc{bfd}
3014architecture constant and an initialization function.
3015
3016@findex _initialize_@var{arch}_tdep
3017@cindex @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}
3018A @value{GDBN} description for a new architecture, @var{arch} is created by
3019defining a global function @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep}, by
3020convention in the source file @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}. For example,
3021in the case of the OpenRISC 1000, this function is called
3022@code{_initialize_or1k_tdep} and is found in the file
3023@file{or1k-tdep.c}.
3024
3025@cindex @file{configure.tgt}
3026@cindex @code{gdbarch}
3027@findex gdbarch_register
3028The resulting object files containing the implementation of the
3029@code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function are specified in the @value{GDBN}
3030@file{configure.tgt} file, which includes a large case statement
3031pattern matching against the @code{--target} option of the
3032@code{configure} script. The new @code{struct gdbarch} is created
3033within the @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function by calling
3034@code{gdbarch_register}:
3035
3036@smallexample
3037void gdbarch_register (enum bfd_architecture @var{architecture},
3038 gdbarch_init_ftype *@var{init_func},
3039 gdbarch_dump_tdep_ftype *@var{tdep_dump_func});
3040@end smallexample
3041
3042The @var{architecture} will identify the unique @sc{bfd} to be
3043associated with this @code{gdbarch}. The @var{init_func} funciton is
3044called to create and return the new @code{struct gdbarch}. The
3045@var{tdep_dump_func} function will dump the target specific details
3046associated with this architecture.
3047
3048For example the function @code{_initialize_or1k_tdep} creates its
3049architecture for 32-bit OpenRISC 1000 architectures by calling:
3050
3051@smallexample
3052gdbarch_register (bfd_arch_or32, or1k_gdbarch_init, or1k_dump_tdep);
3053@end smallexample
3054
3055@node Looking Up an Existing Architecture
3056@subsection Looking Up an Existing Architecture
3057@cindex @code{gdbarch} lookup
7a107747 3058
587afa38 3059The initialization function has this prototype:
7a107747
DJ
3060
3061@smallexample
3062static struct gdbarch *
3063@var{arch}_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info @var{info},
3064 struct gdbarch_list *@var{arches})
3065@end smallexample
3066
3067The @var{info} argument contains parameters used to select the correct
3068architecture, and @var{arches} is a list of architectures which
3069have already been created with the same @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}}
3070value.
3071
3072The initialization function should first make sure that @var{info}
3073is acceptable, and return @code{NULL} if it is not. Then, it should
3074search through @var{arches} for an exact match to @var{info}, and
3075return one if found. Lastly, if no exact match was found, it should
3076create a new architecture based on @var{info} and return it.
3077
587afa38
EZ
3078@findex gdbarch_list_lookup_by_info
3079@cindex @code{gdbarch_info}
3080The lookup is done using @code{gdbarch_list_lookup_by_info}. It is
3081passed the list of existing architectures, @var{arches}, and the
3082@code{struct gdbarch_info}, @var{info}, and returns the first matching
3083architecture it finds, or @code{NULL} if none are found. If an
3084architecture is found it can be returned as the result from the
3085initialization function, otherwise a new @code{struct gdbach} will need
3086to be created.
3087
3088The struct gdbarch_info has the following components:
3089
3090@smallexample
3091struct gdbarch_info
3092@{
3093 const struct bfd_arch_info *bfd_arch_info;
3094 int byte_order;
3095 bfd *abfd;
3096 struct gdbarch_tdep_info *tdep_info;
3097 enum gdb_osabi osabi;
3098 const struct target_desc *target_desc;
3099@};
3100@end smallexample
3101
3102@vindex bfd_arch_info
3103The @code{bfd_arch_info} member holds the key details about the
3104architecture. The @code{byte_order} member is a value in an
3105enumeration indicating the endianism. The @code{abfd} member is a
3106pointer to the full @sc{bfd}, the @code{tdep_info} member is
3107additional custom target specific information, @code{osabi} identifies
3108which (if any) of a number of operating specific ABIs are used by this
3109architecture and the @code{target_desc} member is a set of name-value
3110pairs with information about register usage in this target.
3111
3112When the @code{struct gdbarch} initialization function is called, not
3113all the fields are provided---only those which can be deduced from the
3114@sc{bfd}. The @code{struct gdbarch_info}, @var{info} is used as a
3115look-up key with the list of existing architectures, @var{arches} to
3116see if a suitable architecture already exists. The @var{tdep_info},
3117@var{osabi} and @var{target_desc} fields may be added before this
3118lookup to refine the search.
3119
7a107747
DJ
3120Only information in @var{info} should be used to choose the new
3121architecture. Historically, @var{info} could be sparse, and
3122defaults would be collected from the first element on @var{arches}.
3123However, @value{GDBN} now fills in @var{info} more thoroughly,
3124so new @code{gdbarch} initialization functions should not take
3125defaults from @var{arches}.
3126
587afa38
EZ
3127@node Creating a New Architecture
3128@subsection Creating a New Architecture
3129@cindex @code{struct gdbarch} creation
3130
3131@findex gdbarch_alloc
3132@cindex @code{gdbarch_tdep} when allocating new @code{gdbarch}
3133If no architecture is found, then a new architecture must be created,
3134by calling @code{gdbarch_alloc} using the supplied @code{@w{struct
3135gdbarch_info}} and any additional custom target specific
3136information in a @code{struct gdbarch_tdep}. The prototype for
3137@code{gdbarch_alloc} is:
3138
3139@smallexample
3140struct gdbarch *gdbarch_alloc (const struct gdbarch_info *@var{info},
3141 struct gdbarch_tdep *@var{tdep});
3142@end smallexample
3143
3144@cindex @code{set_gdbarch} functions
3145@cindex @code{gdbarch} accessor functions
3146The newly created struct gdbarch must then be populated. Although
3147there are default values, in most cases they are not what is
3148required.
3149
3150For each element, @var{X}, there is are a pair of corresponding accessor
3151functions, one to set the value of that element,
3152@code{set_gdbarch_@var{X}}, the second to either get the value of an
3153element (if it is a variable) or to apply the element (if it is a
3154function), @code{gdbarch_@var{X}}. Note that both accessor functions
3155take a pointer to the @code{@w{struct gdbarch}} as first
3156argument. Populating the new @code{gdbarch} should use the
3157@code{set_gdbarch} functions.
3158
3159The following sections identify the main elements that should be set
3160in this way. This is not the complete list, but represents the
3161functions and elements that must commonly be specified for a new
3162architecture. Many of the functions and variables are described in the
3163header file @file{gdbarch.h}.
3164
3165This is the main work in defining a new architecture. Implementing the
3166set of functions to populate the @code{struct gdbarch}.
3167
3168@cindex @code{gdbarch_tdep} definition
3169@code{struct gdbarch_tdep} is not defined within @value{GDBN}---it is up
3170to the user to define this struct if it is needed to hold custom target
3171information that is not covered by the standard @code{@w{struct
3172gdbarch}}. For example with the OpenRISC 1000 architecture it is used to
3173hold the number of matchpoints available in the target (along with other
3174information).
3175
3176If there is no additional target specific information, it can be set to
3177@code{NULL}.
3178
b6fd0dfb 3179@node Registers and Memory
c906108c
SS
3180@section Registers and Memory
3181
56caf160
EZ
3182@value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple.
3183@value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a
3184block of memory. Each register may have a different size.
c906108c 3185
56caf160
EZ
3186@value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the
3187compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical
3188that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is
3189to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses,
4a9bb1df 3190and to reflect that in the @code{gdbarch_register_name} and related functions.
c906108c 3191
25822942 3192@value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures.
c906108c 3193
b6fd0dfb 3194@node Pointers and Addresses
93e79dbd
JB
3195@section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses
3196@cindex pointer representation
3197@cindex address representation
3198@cindex word-addressed machines
3199@cindex separate data and code address spaces
3200@cindex spaces, separate data and code address
3201@cindex address spaces, separate data and code
3202@cindex code pointers, word-addressed
3203@cindex converting between pointers and addresses
3204@cindex D10V addresses
3205
3206On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is
3207indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number
3208whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such
56caf160 3209machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably.
93e79dbd
JB
3210However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for
3211address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this
3212identity, and allows a larger code address space.
3213
1f70da6a
SS
3214@c D10V is gone from sources - more current example?
3215
172c2a43 3216For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose
93e79dbd
JB
3217instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are
3218actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't
3219jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to
3220full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}.
3221If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations,
3222then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions.
3223However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the
56caf160
EZ
3224low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always
3225zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses,
3226the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to
93e79dbd
JB
3227refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of
3228code space.
3229
3230However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different
3231forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address
3232@code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address
3233@code{0x30080} when used as a code address.
3234
3235(The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also
3236affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're
3237going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.)
3238
56caf160
EZ
3239To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only
3240one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are
93e79dbd
JB
3241byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation
3242of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above,
3243@code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses
3244@code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it.
3245@value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address
3246and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture.
3247
3248Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all
3249processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus,
3250each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does
3251distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to
3252clean up some architecture-independent code.
3253
3254Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses:
3255
3256@deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type})
3257Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type
3258@var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner
3259appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address
3260@value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that
3261@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
3262inferior's.
3263
3264For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
3265extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from
3266@var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the
3267D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from
3268@var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function.
3269
3270If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
3271will signal an internal error.
3272@end deftypefun
3273
3274@deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
3275Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a
3276pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that
3277@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
3278inferior's.
3279
3280For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
3281stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the
3282appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture
3283is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is
3284a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}.
3285
3286If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
3287will signal an internal error.
3288@end deftypefun
3289
f23631e4 3290@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val})
93e79dbd
JB
3291Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents,
3292as appropriate for the current architecture.
3293
3294This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers.
3295For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as
3296described above for @code{extract_typed_address}.
3297@end deftypefun
3298
3299@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
3300Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to
3301the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture.
3302This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described
3303above for @code{store_typed_address}.
3304@end deftypefun
3305
4a9bb1df 3306Here are two functions which architectures can define to indicate the
93e79dbd
JB
3307relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default
3308definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are
fc0c74b1 3309simple unsigned byte addresses.
93e79dbd 3310
473f94e6 3311@deftypefun CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
93e79dbd
JB
3312Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3313appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3314address the pointer refers to.
3315
3316This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3317C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 3318@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 3319
473f94e6 3320@deftypefun void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
93e79dbd
JB
3321Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
3322@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
3323
3324This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3325C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 3326@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 3327
b6fd0dfb 3328@node Address Classes
b5b0480a
KB
3329@section Address Classes
3330@cindex address classes
3331@cindex DW_AT_byte_size
3332@cindex DW_AT_address_class
3333
3334Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available
3335via the debug information. For example, some programming environments
3336define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information
3337distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size
3338info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit
3339address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the
3340following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these
3341types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to
3342a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions.
3343
473f94e6 3344@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
b5b0480a
KB
3345Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size
3346is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}.
3347This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See
3348@file{dwarf2read.c}.
4a9bb1df 3349@end deftypefun
b5b0480a 3350
473f94e6 3351@deftypefun {char *} gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{type_flags})
b5b0480a
KB
3352Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return
3353its name.
4a9bb1df 3354@end deftypefun
473f94e6 3355@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{name}, int *@var{type_flags_ptr})
d3e8051b 3356Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags
b5b0480a 3357for that address class qualifier.
4a9bb1df 3358@end deftypefun
b5b0480a
KB
3359
3360Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of
4a9bb1df
UW
3361the address class functions are defined by default. Predicate
3362functions are provided to detect when they are defined.
b5b0480a
KB
3363
3364Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally
336532-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore,
3366suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply
3367uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one
3368of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined
4a9bb1df 3369to implement the address class functions:
b5b0480a
KB
3370
3371@smallexample
3372somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size,
3373 int dwarf2_addr_class)
f2abfe65 3374@{
b5b0480a
KB
3375 if (byte_size == 2)
3376 return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3377 else
3378 return 0;
f2abfe65 3379@}
b5b0480a
KB
3380
3381static char *
3382somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags)
f2abfe65 3383@{
b5b0480a
KB
3384 if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1)
3385 return "short";
3386 else
3387 return NULL;
f2abfe65 3388@}
b5b0480a
KB
3389
3390int
3391somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name,
3392 int *type_flags_ptr)
f2abfe65 3393@{
b5b0480a 3394 if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0)
f2abfe65 3395 @{
b5b0480a
KB
3396 *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3397 return 1;
f2abfe65 3398 @}
b5b0480a
KB
3399 else
3400 return 0;
f2abfe65 3401@}
b5b0480a
KB
3402@end smallexample
3403
3404The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions
587afa38
EZ
3405to indicate the presence of one of these ``short'' pointers. For
3406example if the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is
3407one of these short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following
3408behavior:
b5b0480a
KB
3409
3410@smallexample
3411(gdb) ptype short_ptr_var
3412type = int * @@short
3413@end smallexample
3414
93e79dbd 3415
587afa38
EZ
3416@node Register Representation
3417@section Register Representation
3418
3419@menu
3420* Raw and Cooked Registers::
3421* Register Architecture Functions & Variables::
3422* Register Information Functions::
3423* Register and Memory Data::
3424* Register Caching::
3425@end menu
3426
3427@node Raw and Cooked Registers
3428@subsection Raw and Cooked Registers
13d01224 3429@cindex raw register representation
587afa38
EZ
3430@cindex cooked register representation
3431@cindex representations, raw and cooked registers
3432
3433@value{GDBN} considers registers to be a set with members numbered
3434linearly from 0 upwards. The first part of that set corresponds to real
3435physical registers, the second part to any @dfn{pseudo-registers}.
3436Pseudo-registers have no independent physical existence, but are useful
3437representations of information within the architecture. For example the
3438OpenRISC 1000 architecture has up to 32 general purpose registers, which
3439are typically represented as 32-bit (or 64-bit) integers. However the
3440GPRs are also used as operands to the floating point operations, and it
3441could be convenient to define a set of pseudo-registers, to show the
3442GPRs represented as floating point values.
3443
3444For any architecture, the implementer will decide on a mapping from
3445hardware to @value{GDBN} register numbers. The registers corresponding to real
3446hardware are referred to as @dfn{raw} registers, the remaining registers are
3447@dfn{pseudo-registers}. The total register set (raw and pseudo) is called
3448the @dfn{cooked} register set.
3449
3450
3451@node Register Architecture Functions & Variables
3452@subsection Functions and Variables Specifying the Register Architecture
3453@cindex @code{gdbarch} register architecture functions
3454
3455These @code{struct gdbarch} functions and variables specify the number
3456and type of registers in the architecture.
3457
3458@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR read_pc (struct regcache *@var{regcache})
3459@end deftypefn
3460@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void write_pc (struct regcache *@var{regcache}, CORE_ADDR @var{val})
13d01224 3461
587afa38
EZ
3462Read or write the program counter. The default value of both
3463functions is @code{NULL} (no function available). If the program
3464counter is just an ordinary register, it can be specified in
3465@code{struct gdbarch} instead (see @code{pc_regnum} below) and it will
3466be read or written using the standard routines to access registers. This
3467function need only be specified if the program counter is not an
3468ordinary register.
3469
3470Any register information can be obtained using the supplied register
3471cache, @var{regcache}. @xref{Register Caching, , Register Caching}.
3472
3473@end deftypefn
3474
3475@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void pseudo_register_read (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, int @var{regnum}, const gdb_byte *@var{buf})
3476@end deftypefn
3477@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void pseudo_register_write (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, int @var{regnum}, const gdb_byte *@var{buf})
3478
3479These functions should be defined if there are any pseudo-registers.
3480The default value is @code{NULL}. @var{regnum} is the number of the
3481register to read or write (which will be a @dfn{cooked} register
3482number) and @var{buf} is the buffer where the value read will be
3483placed, or from which the value to be written will be taken. The
3484value in the buffer may be converted to or from a signed or unsigned
3485integral value using one of the utility functions (@pxref{Register and
d0384fc4 3486Memory Data, , Using Different Register and Memory Data
587afa38 3487Representations}).
af6c57ea 3488
587afa38
EZ
3489The access should be for the specified architecture,
3490@var{gdbarch}. Any register information can be obtained using the
3491supplied register cache, @var{regcache}. @xref{Register Caching, ,
3492Register Caching}.
9fb4dd36 3493
587afa38 3494@end deftypefn
13d01224 3495
587afa38
EZ
3496@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int sp_regnum
3497@vindex sp_regnum
3498@cindex stack pointer
3499@cindex @kbd{$sp}
9fb4dd36 3500
587afa38
EZ
3501This specifies the register holding the stack pointer, which may be a
3502raw or pseudo-register. It defaults to -1 (not defined), but it is an
3503error for it not to be defined.
9fb4dd36 3504
587afa38
EZ
3505The value of the stack pointer register can be accessed withing
3506@value{GDBN} as the variable @kbd{$sp}.
3507
3508@end deftypevr
3509
3510@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int pc_regnum
3511@vindex pc_regnum
3512@cindex program counter
3513@cindex @kbd{$pc}
3514
3515This specifies the register holding the program counter, which may be a
3516raw or pseudo-register. It defaults to -1 (not defined). If
3517@code{pc_regnum} is not defined, then the functions @code{read_pc} and
3518@code{write_pc} (see above) must be defined.
3519
3520The value of the program counter (whether defined as a register, or
3521through @code{read_pc} and @code{write_pc}) can be accessed withing
3522@value{GDBN} as the variable @kbd{$pc}.
3523
3524@end deftypevr
3525
3526@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int ps_regnum
3527@vindex ps_regnum
3528@cindex processor status register
3529@cindex status register
3530@cindex @kbd{$ps}
3531
3532This specifies the register holding the processor status (often called
3533the status register), which may be a raw or pseudo-register. It
3534defaults to -1 (not defined).
3535
3536If defined, the value of this register can be accessed withing
3537@value{GDBN} as the variable @kbd{$ps}.
3538
3539@end deftypevr
3540
3541@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int fp0_regnum
3542@vindex fp0_regnum
3543@cindex first floating point register
3544
3545This specifies the first floating point register. It defaults to
35460. @code{fp0_regnum} is not needed unless the target offers support
3547for floating point.
9fb4dd36 3548
587afa38 3549@end deftypevr
9fb4dd36 3550
587afa38
EZ
3551@node Register Information Functions
3552@subsection Functions Giving Register Information
3553@cindex @code{gdbarch} register information functions
9fb4dd36 3554
587afa38
EZ
3555These functions return information about registers.
3556
3557@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {const char *} register_name (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{regnum})
3558
3559This function should convert a register number (raw or pseudo) to a
3560register name (as a C @code{const char *}). This is used both to
3561determine the name of a register for output and to work out the meaning
3562of any register names used as input. The function may also return
3563@code{NULL}, to indicate that @var{regnum} is not a valid register.
3564
3565For example with the OpenRISC 1000, @value{GDBN} registers 0-31 are the
3566General Purpose Registers, register 32 is the program counter and
3567register 33 is the supervision register (i.e.@: the processor status
3568register), which map to the strings @code{"gpr00"} through
3569@code{"gpr31"}, @code{"pc"} and @code{"sr"} respectively. This means
3570that the @value{GDBN} command @kbd{print $gpr5} should print the value of
3571the OR1K general purpose register 5@footnote{
3572@cindex frame pointer
3573@cindex @kbd{$fp}
3574Historically, @value{GDBN} always had a concept of a frame pointer
3575register, which could be accessed via the @value{GDBN} variable,
3576@kbd{$fp}. That concept is now deprecated, recognizing that not all
3577architectures have a frame pointer. However if an architecture does
3578have a frame pointer register, and defines a register or
3579pseudo-register with the name @code{"fp"}, then that register will be
3580used as the value of the @kbd{$fp} variable.}.
3581
3582The default value for this function is @code{NULL}, meaning
3583undefined. It should always be defined.
3584
3585The access should be for the specified architecture, @var{gdbarch}.
6f6ef15a 3586
9fb4dd36
JB
3587@end deftypefn
3588
587afa38 3589@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct type *} register_type (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{regnum})
9fb4dd36 3590
587afa38
EZ
3591Given a register number, this function identifies the type of data it
3592may be holding, specified as a @code{struct type}. @value{GDBN} allows
3593creation of arbitrary types, but a number of built in types are
3594provided (@code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_int32} etc),
3595together with functions to derive types from these.
3596
3597Typically the program counter will have a type of ``pointer to
3598function'' (it points to code), the frame pointer and stack pointer
3599will have types of ``pointer to void'' (they point to data on the stack)
3600and all other integer registers will have a type of 32-bit integer or
360164-bit integer.
3602
3603This information guides the formatting when displaying register
3604information. The default value is @code{NULL} meaning no information is
3605available to guide formatting when displaying registers.
3606
3607@end deftypefn
3608
3609@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void print_registers_info (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct ui_file *@var{file}, struct frame_info *@var{frame}, int @var{regnum}, int @var{all})
3610
3611Define this function to print out one or all of the registers for the
3612@value{GDBN} @kbd{info registers} command. The default value is the
3613function @code{default_print_registers_info}, which uses the register
3614type information (see @code{register_type} above) to determine how each
3615register should be printed. Define a custom version of this function
3616for fuller control over how the registers are displayed.
3617
3618The access should be for the specified architecture, @var{gdbarch},
3619with output to the the file specified by the User Interface
3620Independent Output file handle, @var{file} (@pxref{UI-Independent
3621Output, , UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out}
3622Functions}).
3623
3624The registers should show their values in the frame specified by
3625@var{frame}. If @var{regnum} is -1 and @var{all} is zero, then all
3626the ``significant'' registers should be shown (the implementer should
3627decide which registers are ``significant''). Otherwise only the value of
3628the register specified by @var{regnum} should be output. If
3629@var{regnum} is -1 and @var{all} is non-zero (true), then the value of
3630all registers should be shown.
3631
3632By default @code{default_print_registers_info} prints one register per
3633line, and if @var{all} is zero omits floating-point registers.
3634
3635@end deftypefn
3636
3637@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void print_float_info (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct ui_file *@var{file}, struct frame_info *@var{frame}, const char *@var{args})
3638
3639Define this function to provide output about the floating point unit and
3640registers for the @value{GDBN} @kbd{info float} command respectively.
3641The default value is @code{NULL} (not defined), meaning no information
3642will be provided.
3643
3644The @var{gdbarch} and @var{file} and @var{frame} arguments have the same
3645meaning as in the @code{print_registers_info} function above. The string
3646@var{args} contains any supplementary arguments to the @kbd{info float}
3647command.
3648
3649Define this function if the target supports floating point operations.
6f6ef15a 3650
9fb4dd36
JB
3651@end deftypefn
3652
587afa38
EZ
3653@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void print_vector_info (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct ui_file *@var{file}, struct frame_info *@var{frame}, const char *@var{args})
3654
3655Define this function to provide output about the vector unit and
3656registers for the @value{GDBN} @kbd{info vector} command respectively.
3657The default value is @code{NULL} (not defined), meaning no information
3658will be provided.
3659
3660The @var{gdbarch}, @var{file} and @var{frame} arguments have the
3661same meaning as in the @code{print_registers_info} function above. The
3662string @var{args} contains any supplementary arguments to the @kbd{info
3663vector} command.
3664
3665Define this function if the target supports vector operations.
9fb4dd36 3666
9fb4dd36
JB
3667@end deftypefn
3668
587afa38
EZ
3669@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int register_reggroup_p (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{regnum}, struct reggroup *@var{group})
3670
3671@value{GDBN} groups registers into different categories (general,
3672vector, floating point etc). This function, given a register,
3673@var{regnum}, and group, @var{group}, returns 1 (true) if the register
3674is in the group and 0 (false) otherwise.
3675
3676The information should be for the specified architecture,
3677@var{gdbarch}
3678
3679The default value is the function @code{default_register_reggroup_p}
3680which will do a reasonable job based on the type of the register (see
3681the function @code{register_type} above), with groups for general
3682purpose registers, floating point registers, vector registers and raw
3683(i.e not pseudo) registers.
3684
3685@end deftypefn
9fb4dd36 3686
b6fd0dfb 3687@node Register and Memory Data
587afa38 3688@subsection Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations
13d01224
AC
3689@cindex register representation
3690@cindex memory representation
3691@cindex representations, register and memory
3692@cindex register data formats, converting
3693@cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to
3694
587afa38
EZ
3695Some architectures have different representations of data objects,
3696depending whether the object is held in a register or memory. For
3697example:
13d01224
AC
3698
3699@itemize @bullet
3700
3701@item
3702The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in
3703floating-point registers.
3704
3705@item
3706The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The
587afa38
EZ
3707@code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80
3708bits when stored in a register.
13d01224
AC
3709
3710@end itemize
3711
3712In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by
3713the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while
3714the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary
3715Interface.
3716
3717For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two
3718representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
587afa38
EZ
3719However, they do occasionally differ. An architecture may define the
3720following @code{struct gdbarch} functions to request conversions
3721between the register and memory representations of a data type:
13d01224 3722
587afa38 3723@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int gdbarch_convert_register_p (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg})
13d01224 3724
587afa38
EZ
3725Return non-zero (true) if the representation of a data value stored in
3726this register may be different to the representation of that same data
3727value when stored in memory. The default value is @code{NULL}
3728(undefined).
83acabca 3729
587afa38
EZ
3730If this function is defined and returns non-zero, the @code{struct
3731gdbarch} functions @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3732@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} (see below) should be used to perform
3733any necessary conversion.
13d01224 3734
587afa38
EZ
3735If defined, this function should return zero for the register's native
3736type, when no conversion is necessary.
3737@end deftypefn
13d01224 3738
587afa38 3739@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void gdbarch_register_to_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224 3740
587afa38
EZ
3741Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of
3742type @var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value
3743in raw format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at
3744@var{to}.
3745
3746@quotation
3747@emph{Note:} @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3748@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3749arguments in different orders.
3750@end quotation
3751
3752@code{gdbarch_register_to_value} should only be used with registers
3753for which the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a
3754non-zero value.
3755
3756@end deftypefn
3757
3758@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void gdbarch_value_to_register (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224 3759
13d01224
AC
3760Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}'
3761raw format.
3762
587afa38
EZ
3763@quotation
3764@emph{Note:} @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3765@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3766arguments in different orders.
3767@end quotation
13d01224 3768
587afa38
EZ
3769@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} should only be used with registers
3770for which the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a
3771non-zero value.
3772
3773@end deftypefn
3774
3775@node Register Caching
3776@subsection Register Caching
3777@cindex register caching
3778
3779Caching of registers is used, so that the target does not need to be
3780accessed and reanalyzed multiple times for each register in
3781circumstances where the register value cannot have changed.
3782
3783@cindex @code{struct regcache}
3784@value{GDBN} provides @code{struct regcache}, associated with a
3785particular @code{struct gdbarch} to hold the cached values of the raw
3786registers. A set of functions is provided to access both the raw
3787registers (with @code{raw} in their name) and the full set of cooked
3788registers (with @code{cooked} in their name). Functions are provided
3789to ensure the register cache is kept synchronized with the values of
3790the actual registers in the target.
3791
3792Accessing registers through the @code{struct regcache} routines will
3793ensure that the appropriate @code{struct gdbarch} functions are called
3794when necessary to access the underlying target architecture. In general
3795users should use the @dfn{cooked} functions, since these will map to the
3796@dfn{raw} functions automatically as appropriate.
3797
3798@findex regcache_cooked_read
3799@findex regcache_cooked_write
3800@cindex @code{gdb_byte}
3801@findex regcache_cooked_read_signed
3802@findex regcache_cooked_read_unsigned
3803@findex regcache_cooked_write_signed
3804@findex regcache_cooked_write_unsigned
3805The two key functions are @code{regcache_cooked_read} and
3806@code{regcache_cooked_write} which read or write a register from or to
3807a byte buffer (type @code{gdb_byte *}). For convenience the wrapper
3808functions @code{regcache_cooked_read_signed},
3809@code{regcache_cooked_read_unsigned},
3810@code{regcache_cooked_write_signed} and
3811@code{regcache_cooked_write_unsigned} are provided, which read or
3812write the value using the buffer and convert to or from an integral
3813value as appropriate.
13d01224 3814
b6fd0dfb 3815@node Frame Interpretation
c906108c
SS
3816@section Frame Interpretation
3817
587afa38
EZ
3818@menu
3819* All About Stack Frames::
3820* Frame Handling Terminology::
3821* Prologue Caches::
3822* Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames::
3823* Functions to Access Frame Data::
3824* Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers::
3825@end menu
3826
3827@node All About Stack Frames
3828@subsection All About Stack Frames
3829
3830@value{GDBN} needs to understand the stack on which local (automatic)
3831variables are stored. The area of the stack containing all the local
3832variables for a function invocation is known as the @dfn{stack frame}
3833for that function (or colloquially just as the @dfn{frame}). In turn the
3834function that called the function will have its stack frame, and so on
3835back through the chain of functions that have been called.
3836
3837Almost all architectures have one register dedicated to point to the
3838end of the stack (the @dfn{stack pointer}). Many have a second register
3839which points to the start of the currently active stack frame (the
3840@dfn{frame pointer}). The specific arrangements for an architecture are
3841a key part of the ABI.
3842
3843A diagram helps to explain this. Here is a simple program to compute
3844factorials:
3845
3846@smallexample
3847#include <stdio.h>
3848int fact (int n)
3849@{
3850 if (0 == n)
3851 @{
3852 return 1;
3853 @}
3854 else
3855 @{
3856 return n * fact (n - 1);
3857 @}
3858@}
3859
3860main ()
3861@{
3862 int i;
3863
3864 for (i = 0; i < 10; i++)
3865 @{
3866 int f = fact (i);
3867 printf ("%d! = %d\n", i, f);
3868 @}
3869@}
3870@end smallexample
3871
3872Consider the state of the stack when the code reaches line 6 after the
3873main program has called @code{fact@w{ }(3)}. The chain of function
3874calls will be @code{main ()}, @code{fact@w{ }(3)}, @code{fact@w{
3875}(2)}, @code{@w{fact (1)}} and @code{fact@w{ }(0)}.
3876
3877In this illustration the stack is falling (as used for example by the
3878OpenRISC 1000 ABI). The stack pointer (SP) is at the end of the stack
3879(lowest address) and the frame pointer (FP) is at the highest address
3880in the current stack frame. The following diagram shows how the stack
3881looks.
3882
3883@center @image{stack_frame,14cm}
3884
3885In each stack frame, offset 0 from the stack pointer is the frame
3886pointer of the previous frame and offset 4 (this is illustrating a
388732-bit architecture) from the stack pointer is the return address.
3888Local variables are indexed from the frame pointer, with negative
3889indexes. In the function @code{fact}, offset -4 from the frame
3890pointer is the argument @var{n}. In the @code{main} function, offset
3891-4 from the frame pointer is the local variable @var{i} and offset -8
3892from the frame pointer is the local variable @var{f}@footnote{This is
3893a simplified example for illustrative purposes only. Good optimizing
3894compilers would not put anything on the stack for such simple
3895functions. Indeed they might eliminate the recursion and use of the
3896stack entirely!}.
3897
3898It is very easy to get confused when examining stacks. @value{GDBN}
3899has terminology it uses rigorously throughout. The stack frame of the
3900function currently executing, or where execution stopped is numbered
3901zero. In this example frame #0 is the stack frame of the call to
3902@code{fact@w{ }(0)}. The stack frame of its calling function
3903(@code{fact@w{ }(1)} in this case) is numbered #1 and so on back
3904through the chain of calls.
3905
3906The main @value{GDBN} data structure describing frames is
3907 @code{@w{struct frame_info}}. It is not used directly, but only via
3908its accessor functions. @code{frame_info} includes information about
3909the registers in the frame and a pointer to the code of the function
3910with which the frame is associated. The entire stack is represented as
3911a linked list of @code{frame_info} structs.
3912
3913@node Frame Handling Terminology
3914@subsection Frame Handling Terminology
3915
3916It is easy to get confused when referencing stack frames. @value{GDBN}
3917uses some precise terminology.
3918
3919@itemize @bullet
3920
3921@item
3922@cindex THIS frame
3923@cindex stack frame, definition of THIS frame
3924@cindex frame, definition of THIS frame
3925@dfn{THIS} frame is the frame currently under consideration.
3926
3927@item
3928@cindex NEXT frame
3929@cindex stack frame, definition of NEXT frame
3930@cindex frame, definition of NEXT frame
3931The @dfn{NEXT} frame, also sometimes called the inner or newer frame is the
3932frame of the function called by the function of THIS frame.
3933
3934@item
3935@cindex PREVIOUS frame
3936@cindex stack frame, definition of PREVIOUS frame
3937@cindex frame, definition of PREVIOUS frame
3938The @dfn{PREVIOUS} frame, also sometimes called the outer or older frame is
3939the frame of the function which called the function of THIS frame.
3940
3941@end itemize
3942
3943So in the example in the previous section (@pxref{All About Stack
3944Frames, , All About Stack Frames}), if THIS frame is #3 (the call to
3945@code{fact@w{ }(3)}), the NEXT frame is frame #2 (the call to
3946@code{fact@w{ }(2)}) and the PREVIOUS frame is frame #4 (the call to
3947@code{main@w{ }()}).
3948
3949@cindex innermost frame
3950@cindex stack frame, definition of innermost frame
3951@cindex frame, definition of innermost frame
3952The @dfn{innermost} frame is the frame of the current executing
3953function, or where the program stopped, in this example, in the middle
3954of the call to @code{@w{fact (0))}}. It is always numbered frame #0.
3955
3956@cindex base of a frame
3957@cindex stack frame, definition of base of a frame
3958@cindex frame, definition of base of a frame
3959The @dfn{base} of a frame is the address immediately before the start
3960of the NEXT frame. For a stack which grows down in memory (a
3961@dfn{falling} stack) this will be the lowest address and for a stack
3962which grows up in memory (a @dfn{rising} stack) this will be the
3963highest address in the frame.
3964
3965@value{GDBN} functions to analyze the stack are typically given a
3966pointer to the NEXT frame to determine information about THIS
3967frame. Information about THIS frame includes data on where the
3968registers of the PREVIOUS frame are stored in this stack frame. In
3969this example the frame pointer of the PREVIOUS frame is stored at
3970offset 0 from the stack pointer of THIS frame.
3971
3972@cindex unwinding
3973@cindex stack frame, definition of unwinding
3974@cindex frame, definition of unwinding
3975The process whereby a function is given a pointer to the NEXT
3976frame to work out information about THIS frame is referred to as
3977@dfn{unwinding}. The @value{GDBN} functions involved in this typically
3978include unwind in their name.
3979
3980@cindex sniffing
3981@cindex stack frame, definition of sniffing
3982@cindex frame, definition of sniffing
3983The process of analyzing a target to determine the information that
3984should go in struct frame_info is called @dfn{sniffing}. The functions
3985that carry this out are called sniffers and typically include sniffer
3986in their name. More than one sniffer may be required to extract all
3987the information for a particular frame.
3988
3989@cindex sentinel frame
3990@cindex stack frame, definition of sentinel frame
3991@cindex frame, definition of sentinel frame
3992Because so many functions work using the NEXT frame, there is an issue
3993about addressing the innermost frame---it has no NEXT frame. To solve
3994this @value{GDBN} creates a dummy frame #-1, known as the
3995@dfn{sentinel} frame.
3996
3997@node Prologue Caches
3998@subsection Prologue Caches
3999
4000@cindex function prologue
4001@cindex prologue of a function
4002All the frame sniffing functions typically examine the code at the
4003start of the corresponding function, to determine the state of
4004registers. The ABI will save old values and set new values of key
4005registers at the start of each function in what is known as the
4006function @dfn{prologue}.
4007
4008@cindex prologue cache
4009For any particular stack frame this data does not change, so all the
4010standard unwinding functions, in addition to receiving a pointer to
4011the NEXT frame as their first argument, receive a pointer to a
4012@dfn{prologue cache} as their second argument. This can be used to store
4013values associated with a particular frame, for reuse on subsequent
4014calls involving the same frame.
4015
4016It is up to the user to define the structure used (it is a
4017@code{void@w{ }*} pointer) and arrange allocation and deallocation of
4018storage. However for general use, @value{GDBN} provides
4019@code{@w{struct trad_frame_cache}}, with a set of accessor
4020routines. This structure holds the stack and code address of
4021THIS frame, the base address of the frame, a pointer to the
4022struct @code{frame_info} for the NEXT frame and details of
4023where the registers of the PREVIOUS frame may be found in THIS
4024frame.
4025
4026Typically the first time any sniffer function is called with NEXT
4027frame, the prologue sniffer for THIS frame will be @code{NULL}. The
4028sniffer will analyze the frame, allocate a prologue cache structure
4029and populate it. Subsequent calls using the same NEXT frame will
4030pass in this prologue cache, so the data can be returned with no
4031additional analysis.
4032
4033@node Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames
4034@subsection Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames
4035
4036These struct @code{gdbarch} functions and variable should be defined
4037to provide analysis of the stack frame and allow it to be adjusted as
4038required.
4039
4040@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR skip_prologue (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{pc})
4041
4042The prologue of a function is the code at the beginning of the
4043function which sets up the stack frame, saves the return address
4044etc. The code representing the behavior of the function starts after
4045the prologue.
4046
4047This function skips past the prologue of a function if the program
4048counter, @var{pc}, is within the prologue of a function. The result is
4049the program counter immediately after the prologue. With modern
4050optimizing compilers, this may be a far from trivial exercise. However
4051the required information may be within the binary as DWARF2 debugging
4052information, making the job much easier.
4053
4054The default value is @code{NULL} (not defined). This function should always
4055be provided, but can take advantage of DWARF2 debugging information,
4056if that is available.
4057
4058@end deftypefn
4059
4060@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int inner_than (CORE_ADDR @var{lhs}, CORE_ADDR @var{rhs})
4061@findex core_addr_lessthan
4062@findex core_addr_greaterthan
4063
4064Given two frame or stack pointers, return non-zero (true) if the first
4065represents the @dfn{inner} stack frame and 0 (false) otherwise. This
4066is used to determine whether the target has a stack which grows up in
4067memory (rising stack) or grows down in memory (falling stack).
4068@xref{All About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames}, for an
4069explanation of @dfn{inner} frames.
4070
4071The default value of this function is @code{NULL} and it should always
4072be defined. However for almost all architectures one of the built-in
4073functions can be used: @code{core_addr_lessthan} (for stacks growing
4074down in memory) or @code{core_addr_greaterthan} (for stacks growing up
4075in memory).
4076
4077@end deftypefn
4078
4079@anchor{frame_align}
4080@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR frame_align (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
4081@findex align_down
4082@findex align_up
4083
4084The architecture may have constraints on how its frames are
4085aligned. For example the OpenRISC 1000 ABI requires stack frames to be
4086double-word aligned, but 32-bit versions of the architecture allocate
4087single-word values to the stack. Thus extra padding may be needed at
4088the end of a stack frame.
4089
4090Given a proposed address for the stack pointer, this function
4091returns a suitably aligned address (by expanding the stack frame).
4092
4093The default value is @code{NULL} (undefined). This function should be defined
4094for any architecture where it is possible the stack could become
4095misaligned. The utility functions @code{align_down} (for falling
4096stacks) and @code{align_up} (for rising stacks) will facilitate the
4097implementation of this function.
4098
4099@end deftypefn
4100
4101@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int frame_red_zone_size
4102
4103Some ABIs reserve space beyond the end of the stack for use by leaf
4104functions without prologue or epilogue or by exception handlers (for
4105example the OpenRISC 1000).
4106
4107This is known as a @dfn{red zone} (AMD terminology). The @sc{amd64}
4108(nee x86-64) ABI documentation refers to the @dfn{red zone} when
4109describing this scratch area.
4110
4111The default value is 0. Set this field if the architecture has such a
4112red zone. The value must be aligned as required by the ABI (see
4113@code{frame_align} above for an explanation of stack frame alignment).
4114
4115@end deftypevr
4116
4117@node Functions to Access Frame Data
4118@subsection Functions to Access Frame Data
4119
4120These functions provide access to key registers and arguments in the
4121stack frame.
4122
4123@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR unwind_pc (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{next_frame})
4124
4125This function is given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame (@pxref{All
4126About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames}, for how frames are
4127represented) and returns the value of the program counter in the
4128PREVIOUS frame (i.e.@: the frame of the function that called THIS
4129one). This is commonly referred to as the @dfn{return address}.
4130
4131The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
4132is typically no more than:
4133
4134@smallexample
4135ULONGEST pc;
4136pc = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, @var{ARCH}_PC_REGNUM);
4137return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, pc);
4138@end smallexample
4139
4140@end deftypefn
4141
4142@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR unwind_sp (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{next_frame})
4143
4144This function is given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame
4145(@pxref{All About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames} for how
4146frames are represented) and returns the value of the stack pointer in
4147the PREVIOUS frame (i.e.@: the frame of the function that called
4148THIS one).
4149
4150The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
4151is typically no more than:
4152
4153@smallexample
4154ULONGEST sp;
4155sp = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, @var{ARCH}_SP_REGNUM);
4156return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, sp);
4157@end smallexample
4158
4159@end deftypefn
4160
4161@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int frame_num_args (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
4162
4163This function is given a pointer to THIS stack frame (@pxref{All
4164About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames} for how frames are
4165represented), and returns the number of arguments that are being
4166passed, or -1 if not known.
4167
4168The default value is @code{NULL} (undefined), in which case the number of
4169arguments passed on any stack frame is always unknown. For many
4170architectures this will be a suitable default.
4171
4172@end deftypefn
4173
4174@node Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers
4175@subsection Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers
4176
4177When a program stops, @value{GDBN} needs to construct the chain of
4178struct @code{frame_info} representing the state of the stack using
4179appropriate @dfn{sniffers}.
4180
4181Each architecture requires appropriate sniffers, but they do not form
4182entries in @code{@w{struct gdbarch}}, since more than one sniffer may
4183be required and a sniffer may be suitable for more than one
4184@code{@w{struct gdbarch}}. Instead sniffers are associated with
4185architectures using the following functions.
4186
4187@itemize @bullet
4188
4189@item
4190@findex frame_unwind_append_sniffer
4191@code{frame_unwind_append_sniffer} is used to add a new sniffer to
4192analyze THIS frame when given a pointer to the NEXT frame.
4193
4194@item
4195@findex frame_base_append_sniffer
4196@code{frame_base_append_sniffer} is used to add a new sniffer
4197which can determine information about the base of a stack frame.
4198
4199@item
4200@findex frame_base_set_default
4201@code{frame_base_set_default} is used to specify the default base
4202sniffer.
4203
4204@end itemize
4205
4206These functions all take a reference to @code{@w{struct gdbarch}}, so
4207they are associated with a specific architecture. They are usually
4208called in the @code{gdbarch} initialization function, after the
4209@code{gdbarch} struct has been set up. Unless a default has been set, the
4210most recently appended sniffer will be tried first.
4211
4212The main frame unwinding sniffer (as set by
4213@code{frame_unwind_append_sniffer)} returns a structure specifying
4214a set of sniffing functions:
4215
4216@cindex @code{frame_unwind}
4217@smallexample
4218struct frame_unwind
4219@{
4220 enum frame_type type;
4221 frame_this_id_ftype *this_id;
4222 frame_prev_register_ftype *prev_register;
4223 const struct frame_data *unwind_data;
4224 frame_sniffer_ftype *sniffer;
4225 frame_prev_pc_ftype *prev_pc;
4226 frame_dealloc_cache_ftype *dealloc_cache;
4227@};
4228@end smallexample
4229
4230The @code{type} field indicates the type of frame this sniffer can
4231handle: normal, dummy (@pxref{Functions Creating Dummy Frames, ,
4232Functions Creating Dummy Frames}), signal handler or sentinel. Signal
4233handlers sometimes have their own simplified stack structure for
4234efficiency, so may need their own handlers.
4235
4236The @code{unwind_data} field holds additional information which may be
4237relevant to particular types of frame. For example it may hold
4238additional information for signal handler frames.
4239
4240The remaining fields define functions that yield different types of
4241information when given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame. Not all
4242functions need be provided. If an entry is @code{NULL}, the next sniffer will
4243be tried instead.
4244
4245@itemize @bullet
4246
4247@item
4248@code{this_id} determines the stack pointer and function (code
4249entry point) for THIS stack frame.
4250
4251@item
4252@code{prev_register} determines where the values of registers for
4253the PREVIOUS stack frame are stored in THIS stack frame.
4254
4255@item
4256@code{sniffer} takes a look at THIS frame's registers to
4257determine if this is the appropriate unwinder.
4258
4259@item
4260@code{prev_pc} determines the program counter for THIS
4261frame. Only needed if the program counter is not an ordinary register
4262(@pxref{Register Architecture Functions & Variables,
4263, Functions and Variables Specifying the Register Architecture}).
4264
4265@item
4266@code{dealloc_cache} frees any additional memory associated with
4267the prologue cache for this frame (@pxref{Prologue Caches, , Prologue
4268Caches}).
4269
4270@end itemize
4271
4272In general it is only the @code{this_id} and @code{prev_register}
4273fields that need be defined for custom sniffers.
4274
4275The frame base sniffer is much simpler. It is a @code{@w{struct
4276frame_base}}, which refers to the corresponding @code{frame_unwind}
4277struct and whose fields refer to functions yielding various addresses
4278within the frame.
4279
4280@cindex @code{frame_base}
4281@smallexample
4282struct frame_base
4283@{
4284 const struct frame_unwind *unwind;
4285 frame_this_base_ftype *this_base;
4286 frame_this_locals_ftype *this_locals;
4287 frame_this_args_ftype *this_args;
4288@};
4289@end smallexample
4290
4291All the functions referred to take a pointer to the NEXT frame as
4292argument. The function referred to by @code{this_base} returns the
4293base address of THIS frame, the function referred to by
4294@code{this_locals} returns the base address of local variables in THIS
4295frame and the function referred to by @code{this_args} returns the
4296base address of the function arguments in this frame.
4297
4298As described above, the base address of a frame is the address
4299immediately before the start of the NEXT frame. For a falling
4300stack, this is the lowest address in the frame and for a rising stack
4301it is the highest address in the frame. For most architectures the
4302same address is also the base address for local variables and
4303arguments, in which case the same function can be used for all three
4304entries@footnote{It is worth noting that if it cannot be determined in any
4305other way (for example by there being a register with the name
4306@code{"fp"}), then the result of the @code{this_base} function will be
4307used as the value of the frame pointer variable @kbd{$fp} in
4308@value{GDBN}. This is very often not correct (for example with the
4309OpenRISC 1000, this value is the stack pointer, @kbd{$sp}). In this
4310case a register (raw or pseudo) with the name @code{"fp"} should be
4311defined. It will be used in preference as the value of @kbd{$fp}.}.
4312
b6fd0dfb 4313@node Inferior Call Setup
c906108c 4314@section Inferior Call Setup
587afa38
EZ
4315@cindex calls to the inferior
4316
4317@menu
4318* About Dummy Frames::
4319* Functions Creating Dummy Frames::
4320@end menu
4321
4322@node About Dummy Frames
4323@subsection About Dummy Frames
4324@cindex dummy frames
4325
4326@value{GDBN} can call functions in the target code (for example by
4327using the @kbd{call} or @kbd{print} commands). These functions may be
4328breakpointed, and it is essential that if a function does hit a
4329breakpoint, commands like @kbd{backtrace} work correctly.
4330
4331This is achieved by making the stack look as though the function had
4332been called from the point where @value{GDBN} had previously stopped.
4333This requires that @value{GDBN} can set up stack frames appropriate for
4334such function calls.
4335
4336@node Functions Creating Dummy Frames
4337@subsection Functions Creating Dummy Frames
4338
4339The following functions provide the functionality to set up such
4340@dfn{dummy} stack frames.
4341
4342@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct value *@var{function}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, CORE_ADDR @var{bp_addr}, int @var{nargs}, struct value **@var{args}, CORE_ADDR @var{sp}, int @var{struct_return}, CORE_ADDR @var{struct_addr})
4343
4344This function sets up a dummy stack frame for the function about to be
4345called. @code{push_dummy_call} is given the arguments to be passed
4346and must copy them into registers or push them on to the stack as
4347appropriate for the ABI.
4348
4349@var{function} is a pointer to the function
4350that will be called and @var{regcache} the register cache from which
4351values should be obtained. @var{bp_addr} is the address to which the
4352function should return (which is breakpointed, so @value{GDBN} can
4353regain control, hence the name). @var{nargs} is the number of
4354arguments to pass and @var{args} an array containing the argument
4355values. @var{struct_return} is non-zero (true) if the function returns
4356a structure, and if so @var{struct_addr} is the address in which the
4357structure should be returned.
4358
4359 After calling this function, @value{GDBN} will pass control to the
4360target at the address of the function, which will find the stack and
4361registers set up just as expected.
4362
4363The default value of this function is @code{NULL} (undefined). If the
4364function is not defined, then @value{GDBN} will not allow the user to
4365call functions within the target being debugged.
4366
4367@end deftypefn
4368
4369@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct frame_id} unwind_dummy_id (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{next_frame})
4370
4371This is the inverse of @code{push_dummy_call} which restores the stack
4372pointer and program counter after a call to evaluate a function using
4373a dummy stack frame. The result is a @code{@w{struct frame_id}}, which
4374contains the value of the stack pointer and program counter to be
4375used.
4376
4377The NEXT frame pointer is provided as argument,
4378@var{next_frame}. THIS frame is the frame of the dummy function,
4379which can be unwound, to yield the required stack pointer and program
4380counter from the PREVIOUS frame.
4381
4382The default value is @code{NULL} (undefined). If @code{push_dummy_call} is
4383defined, then this function should also be defined.
c906108c 4384
587afa38
EZ
4385@end deftypefn
4386
4387@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR push_dummy_code (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{sp}, CORE_ADDR @var{funaddr}, struct value **@var{args}, int @var{nargs}, struct type *@var{value_type}, CORE_ADDR *@var{real_pc}, CORE_ADDR *@var{bp_addr}, struct regcache *@var{regcache})
4388
4389If this function is not defined (its default value is @code{NULL}), a dummy
4390call will use the entry point of the currently loaded code on the
4391target as its return address. A temporary breakpoint will be set
4392there, so the location must be writable and have room for a
4393breakpoint.
c906108c 4394
587afa38
EZ
4395It is possible that this default is not suitable. It might not be
4396writable (in ROM possibly), or the ABI might require code to be
4397executed on return from a call to unwind the stack before the
4398breakpoint is encountered.
c906108c 4399
587afa38
EZ
4400If either of these is the case, then push_dummy_code should be defined
4401to push an instruction sequence onto the end of the stack to which the
4402dummy call should return.
4403
4404The arguments are essentially the same as those to
4405@code{push_dummy_call}. However the function is provided with the
4406type of the function result, @var{value_type}, @var{bp_addr} is used
4407to return a value (the address at which the breakpoint instruction
4408should be inserted) and @var{real pc} is used to specify the resume
4409address when starting the call sequence. The function should return
4410the updated innermost stack address.
4411
4412@quotation
4413@emph{Note:} This does require that code in the stack can be executed.
4414Some Harvard architectures may not allow this.
4415@end quotation
4416
4417@end deftypefn
4418
b39f4988
JB
4419@node Adding support for debugging core files
4420@section Adding support for debugging core files
4421@cindex core files
4422
4423The prerequisite for adding core file support in @value{GDBN} is to have
4424core file support in BFD.
4425
4426Once BFD support is available, writing the apropriate
4427@code{regset_from_core_section} architecture function should be all
4428that is needed in order to add support for core files in @value{GDBN}.
4429
587afa38
EZ
4430@node Defining Other Architecture Features
4431@section Defining Other Architecture Features
4432
4433This section describes other functions and values in @code{gdbarch},
4434together with some useful macros, that you can use to define the
4435target architecture.
c906108c
SS
4436
4437@table @code
4438
4a9bb1df
UW
4439@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
4440@findex gdbarch_addr_bits_remove
adf40b2e 4441If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not
4a9bb1df
UW
4442really part of the address, then this function is used to zero those bits in
4443@var{addr}. This is only used for addresses of instructions, and even then not
4444in all contexts.
adf40b2e
JM
4445
4446For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA
44472.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding
4448instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte
4449boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual
4a9bb1df
UW
4450address of the instruction. @code{gdbarch_addr_bits_remove} would then for
4451example look like that:
4452@smallexample
4453arch_addr_bits_remove (CORE_ADDR addr)
4454@{
4455 return (addr &= ~0x3);
4456@}
4457@end smallexample
c906108c 4458
4a9bb1df
UW
4459@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr})
4460@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
4461If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int}
4462referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier
4463and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name,
4464return 0.
4465
4466The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of
4467@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or
4468possibly some combination of these values or'd together.
4469@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
4470
4a9bb1df
UW
4471@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
4472@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags_p
4473Predicate which indicates whether @code{address_class_name_to_type_flags}
b5b0480a
KB
4474has been defined.
4475
4a9bb1df
UW
4476@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
4477@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
4478Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and
4479the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags
4480used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value
4481returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1},
4482@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these
4483values or'd together.
4484@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
4485
4a9bb1df
UW
4486@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
4487@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p
4488Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p} has
b5b0480a
KB
4489been defined.
4490
4a9bb1df
UW
4491@item const char *gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type_flags})
4492@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name
b5b0480a
KB
4493Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type
4494flags given by @var{type_flags}.
4495
4a9bb1df
UW
4496@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p (@var{gdbarch})
4497@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p
4498Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name} has been defined.
b5b0480a
KB
4499@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
4500
4a9bb1df
UW
4501@item void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr})
4502@findex gdbarch_address_to_pointer
93e79dbd
JB
4503Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
4504@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
4a9bb1df 4505This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 4506C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
4507@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
4508
4a9bb1df
UW
4509@item int gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion (@var{gdbarch})
4510@findex gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion
4511Used to notify if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char}
56caf160
EZ
4512parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its
4513original type, rather than the promoted type.
c906108c 4514
32c9a795
MD
4515@item gdbarch_bits_big_endian (@var{gdbarch})
4516@findex gdbarch_bits_big_endian
4517This is used if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match
587afa38 4518the endianism of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits
56caf160 4519are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian.
c906108c 4520
32c9a795
MD
4521@item set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bits_big_endian})
4522@findex set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian
4523Calling set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian with a value of 1 indicates that the
4524bits in the target are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 indicates
4525little-endian.
4526
c906108c 4527@item BREAKPOINT
56caf160 4528@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
4529This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into
4530memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap
4531instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit
4532pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no
4533longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture.
4534
56caf160 4535@code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of
4a9bb1df 4536@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 4537
c906108c 4538@item BIG_BREAKPOINT
56caf160
EZ
4539@itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
4540@findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
4541@findex BIG_BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
4542Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets.
4543
56caf160 4544@code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
4a9bb1df 4545favor of @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 4546
4a9bb1df
UW
4547@item const gdb_byte *gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr})
4548@findex gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc
4549@anchor{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} Use the program counter to determine the
2dd0da42 4550contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to
a655d424 4551a static string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the
2dd0da42
AC
4552length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program
4553counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the
a655d424
JK
4554breakpoint should be inserted. May return @code{NULL} to indicate that
4555software breakpoints are not supported.
c906108c
SS
4556
4557Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's
4558not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid
4559instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest
4560instruction of the architecture.
4561
a655d424
JK
4562Provided breakpoint bytes can be also used by @code{bp_loc_is_permanent} to
4563detect permanent breakpoints. @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} should return
4564an unchanged memory copy if it was called for a location with permanent
4565breakpoint as some architectures use breakpoint instructions containing
4566arbitrary parameter value.
4567
7a292a7a
SS
4568Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros.
4569
4a9bb1df
UW
4570@item int gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
4571@itemx gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
4572@findex gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint
4573@findex gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint
917317f4
JM
4574Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults
4575(@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and
4576@code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been
4a9bb1df
UW
4577provided so that it is not necessary to set these for most
4578architectures. Architectures which may want to set
4579@code{gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint} and @code{gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint} will likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a
917317f4
JM
4580conventional manner.
4581
4582It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define
4583custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if
4a9bb1df 4584@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} needs to read the target's memory for some
917317f4
JM
4585reason.
4586
4a9bb1df
UW
4587@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bpaddr})
4588@findex gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address
1485d690
KB
4589@cindex breakpoint address adjusted
4590Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a breakpoint
4591address adjusted to account for architectural constraints on
4592breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by most targets.
4593
4594The FR-V target (see @file{frv-tdep.c}) requires this method.
4595The FR-V is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like
4596instructions are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate
4597instruction or instruction bundle. When the processor executes
4598one of these bundles, the component instructions are executed
4599in parallel.
4600
4601In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions
4602from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line number
4603information associated with one of the latter statements will likely
4604refer to some instruction other than the first one in the bundle. So,
4605if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one of these latter
4606statements, @value{GDBN} must be careful to @emph{not} place the break
4607instruction on any instruction other than the first one in the bundle.
4608(Remember though that the instructions within a bundle execute
4609in parallel, so the @emph{first} instruction is the instruction
4610at the lowest address and has nothing to do with execution order.)
4611
4a9bb1df 4612The FR-V's @code{gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address} method will adjust a
1485d690
KB
4613breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of
4614the bundle, returning the address of the bundle.
4615
4616Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a user's
4617expectation, @value{GDBN} prints a warning when an adjusted breakpoint
4618is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is hit.
4619
4a9bb1df
UW
4620@item int gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})
4621@findex gdbarch_call_dummy_location
56caf160 4622See the file @file{inferior.h}.
7a292a7a 4623
4a9bb1df
UW
4624This method has been replaced by @code{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}
4625(@pxref{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}).
7043d8dc 4626
4a9bb1df
UW
4627@item int gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regum})
4628@findex gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register
4629This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched
a53f55d8 4630from an inferior process.
c906108c 4631
4a9bb1df
UW
4632@item int gdbarch_cannot_store_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum})
4633@findex gdbarch_cannot_store_register
4634This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} should not be
c906108c 4635written to the target. This is often the case for program counters,
4a9bb1df
UW
4636status words, and other special registers. This function returns 0 as
4637default so that @value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written.
c906108c 4638
4a9bb1df
UW
4639@item int gdbarch_convert_register_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type})
4640@findex gdbarch_convert_register_p
83acabca
DJ
4641Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} represents data values of type
4642@var{type} in a non-standard form.
13d01224
AC
4643@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
4644
a53f55d8
PA
4645@item int gdbarch_fp0_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
4646@findex gdbarch_fp0_regnum
4647This function returns the number of the first floating point register,
4648if the machine has such registers. Otherwise, it returns -1.
4649
4a9bb1df
UW
4650@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break (@var{gdbarch})
4651@findex gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break
4652This function shall return the amount by which to decrement the PC after the
c906108c 4653program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in
56caf160 4654@code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0.
c906108c 4655
56caf160
EZ
4656@item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr})
4657@findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK
c906108c
SS
4658If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared
4659library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled.
4660
4a9bb1df
UW
4661@item int gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{dwarf2_regnr})
4662@findex gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum
4663Convert DWARF2 register number @var{dwarf2_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum.
4664If not defined, no conversion will be performed.
0dcedd82 4665
4a9bb1df
UW
4666@item int gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{ecoff_regnr})
4667@findex gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum
4668Convert ECOFF register number @var{ecoff_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum. If
4669not defined, no conversion will be performed.
c906108c 4670
c906108c 4671@item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
56caf160
EZ
4672@itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
4673@findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
4674@findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
4675If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will
4676look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols
4677are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.},
4678respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.)
c906108c 4679
4a9bb1df
UW
4680@item gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
4681@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
1f70da6a
SS
4682This function determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp}
4683will jump to, assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp}
4684breakpoint. It takes a @code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the
4685target PC value through this pointer. It examines the current state
4686of the machine as needed, typically by using a manually-determined
587afa38 4687offset into the @code{jmp_buf}. (While we might like to get the offset
1f70da6a
SS
4688from the target's @file{jmpbuf.h}, that header file cannot be assumed
4689to be available when building a cross-debugger.)
c906108c 4690
268e2188
AC
4691@item DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
4692@findex DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
4693Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This
c906108c 4694conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by
1f70da6a 4695feature-specific macros. It was introduced in haste and we are
c906108c
SS
4696repenting at leisure.
4697
9742079a
EZ
4698@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
4699An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
4700support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
4701
4a9bb1df 4702@item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
9e5abb06 4703@findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p
4a9bb1df 4704Returns non-zero if the given @var{addr} is in the epilogue of a function.
9e5abb06
CV
4705The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where
4706the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the
4707final `return from function call' instruction.
4708
4a9bb1df
UW
4709@item int gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{name})
4710@findex gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline
4711Define this function to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
c906108c
SS
4712trampoline that returns from a shared library.
4713
cfd8ab24
SS
4714@item target_so_ops.in_dynsym_resolve_code (@var{pc})
4715@findex in_dynsym_resolve_code
4a9bb1df 4716Define this to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
d4f3574e
SS
4717dynamic linker.
4718
56caf160
EZ
4719@item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc})
4720@findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER
d4f3574e
SS
4721Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution
4722should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution
4723function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary
4724to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single
4725stepping will suffice.
4726
4a9bb1df
UW
4727@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_integer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
4728@findex gdbarch_integer_to_address
fc0c74b1
AC
4729@cindex converting integers to addresses
4730Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address
4731conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to
4732the current architectures conventions.
4733
4734@emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from
4735their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s
4736@code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been
4737computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause
4738major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In
4739other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these
4740conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed
4741out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers
4742to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a
4743disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture
4a9bb1df 4744method like @code{gdbarch_integer_to_address} certainly makes it possible for
fc0c74b1
AC
4745@value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.}
4746
4747@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always
4748Addresses}.
4749
4a9bb1df
UW
4750@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
4751@findex gdbarch_pointer_to_address
93e79dbd
JB
4752Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
4753appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
4754address the pointer refers to.
4755@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
4756
4a9bb1df
UW
4757@item void gdbarch_register_to_value(@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{fur})
4758@findex gdbarch_register_to_value
13d01224
AC
4759Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type
4760@var{type}.
4281a42e 4761@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
9fb4dd36 4762
9fb4dd36 4763@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 4764@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL
9fb4dd36 4765Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual
4281a42e 4766form.
13d01224 4767@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36
JB
4768
4769@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 4770@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW
9fb4dd36 4771Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw
4281a42e 4772form.
13d01224 4773@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 4774
0ab4b752
MK
4775@item const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * @var{gdbarch}, const char * @var{sect_name}, size_t @var{sect_size})
4776@findex regset_from_core_section
4777Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with name
4778@var{sect_name} and size @var{sect_size}.
4779
b0ed3589 4780@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P()
56caf160 4781@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P
c906108c 4782Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step
56caf160 4783mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined.
c906108c 4784
d3e8051b 4785@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breakpoints_p})
56caf160
EZ
4786@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP
4787A function that inserts or removes (depending on
d3e8051b 4788@var{insert_breakpoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of
587afa38 4789the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c}
c906108c
SS
4790for examples.
4791
e35879db
UW
4792@item set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (@var{gdbarch}, @var{set})
4793@findex set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing
4794Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the
4795debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating
4796them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the
4797address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make
4798linking faster.
4799
4800Calling @code{set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing} with a non-zero
4801argument @var{set} indicates that a particular set of hacks of this sort
4802are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN} entries in stabs-format
4803debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark the beginning and ending
4804addresses of compilation units in the text segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs
4805mark the starts and ends of functions.
4806
4807In this case, @value{GDBN} assumes two things:
4808
4809@itemize @bullet
4810@item
4811@code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead of using those
4812addresses, you should find the address where the function starts by
4813taking the function name from the stab, and then looking that up in the
4814minsyms (the linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab
4815has the name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place
4816that carries the address.
4817
4818@item
4819@code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the
4820@code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab, and
4821guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from them.
4822@end itemize
4823
4a9bb1df
UW
4824@item int gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type})
4825@findex gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr
4a9bb1df
UW
4826@anchor{gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr} Define this function to return
4827nonzero if a function argument of type @var{type} is passed by reference
4828instead of value.
a38c9fe6 4829
4a9bb1df
UW
4830@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{function}, @var{regcache}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr})
4831@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_call
4a9bb1df
UW
4832@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to
4833the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing @var{nargs}, the
4834code should push @var{struct_addr} (when @var{struct_return} is non-zero), and
4835the return address (@var{bp_addr}).
c906108c 4836
86fe4aaa 4837@var{function} is a pointer to a @code{struct value}; on architectures that use
d4b6d575
RC
4838function descriptors, this contains the function descriptor value.
4839
b24da7d0 4840Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer.
b81774d8 4841
4a9bb1df
UW
4842@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{regcache})
4843@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_code
4844@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the
7043d8dc
AC
4845instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the
4846called function should return.
4847
4848Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction
4849should be inserted, @var{real_pc} to the resume address when starting
4850the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address.
4851
4852By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned
4853(@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address
4854reserved for that breakpoint, and @var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}.
4855
1f70da6a 4856This method replaces @w{@code{gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})}}.
7043d8dc 4857
4a9bb1df
UW
4858@item int gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sdb_regnr})
4859@findex gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum
4860Use this function to convert sdb register @var{sdb_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
4861regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
c906108c 4862
963e2bb7 4863@item enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{valtype}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, void *@var{readbuf}, const void *@var{writebuf})
92ad9cd9
AC
4864@findex gdbarch_return_value
4865@anchor{gdbarch_return_value} Given a function with a return-value of
4866type @var{rettype}, return which return-value convention that function
4867would use.
4868
4869@value{GDBN} currently recognizes two function return-value conventions:
4870@code{RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION} where the return value is found
4871in registers; and @code{RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} where the return
4872value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is
4873passed in as the function's first parameter.
4874
963e2bb7
AC
4875If the register convention is being used, and @var{writebuf} is
4876non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return-value in @var{writebuf} into
92ad9cd9
AC
4877@var{regcache}.
4878
963e2bb7 4879If the register convention is being used, and @var{readbuf} is
92ad9cd9 4880non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return value from @var{regcache} into
963e2bb7 4881@var{readbuf} (@var{regcache} contains a copy of the registers from the
92ad9cd9
AC
4882just returned function).
4883
92ad9cd9
AC
4884@emph{Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract,
4885store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to determine
4886the return-value convention need only be implemented in one place. If
4887@value{GDBN} were written in an @sc{oo} language, this method would
4888instead return an object that knew how to perform the register
4889return-value extract and store.}
4890
4891@emph{Maintainer note: This method does not take a @var{gcc_p}
4892parameter, and such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture
4893that requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified,
4894then the replacement of @var{rettype} with @code{struct value}
d3e8051b 4895@var{function} should be pursued.}
92ad9cd9
AC
4896
4897@emph{Maintainer note: The @var{regcache} parameter limits this methods
4898to the inner most frame. While replacing @var{regcache} with a
4899@code{struct frame_info} @var{frame} parameter would remove that
4900limitation there has yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change.}
4901
4a9bb1df
UW
4902@item void gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regcache})
4903@findex gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint
25822942 4904Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally
c2c6d25f
JM
4905steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and
4906re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are
4907hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy
4a9bb1df
UW
4908doesn't work. Calling @code{gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint} adjusts the
4909processor's state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint.
4910This function does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot
c2c6d25f
JM
4911of a branch or jump.
4912
4a9bb1df
UW
4913@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{pc})
4914@findex gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code
c906108c 4915If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and
4a9bb1df 4916the functions being called, then define this function to return a new PC
c906108c
SS
4917that is at the start of the real function.
4918
1f70da6a
SS
4919@item int gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
4920@findex gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum
4921If the frame pointer is in a register, use this function to return the
4922number of that register.
4923
4a9bb1df
UW
4924@item int gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{stab_regnr})
4925@findex gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum
4926Use this function to convert stab register @var{stab_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
4927regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
4928
c906108c 4929@item SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
4930@findex SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
4931The default value of the ``symbol-reloading'' variable. (Never defined in
c906108c
SS
4932current sources.)
4933
c906108c 4934@item TARGET_CHAR_BIT
56caf160 4935@findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT
c906108c
SS
4936Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8.
4937
4a9bb1df
UW
4938@item int gdbarch_char_signed (@var{gdbarch})
4939@findex gdbarch_char_signed
c3d3ce5b
JB
4940Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if
4941it should be unsigned.
4942
4943The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as
4944equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any
4945character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive.
4946Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned
4947on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets.
4948
4a9bb1df
UW
4949@item int gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4950@findex gdbarch_double_bit
4951Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @w{@code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4952
4a9bb1df
UW
4953@item int gdbarch_float_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4954@findex gdbarch_float_bit
4955Number of bits in a float; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
ac9a91a7 4956
4a9bb1df
UW
4957@item int gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4958@findex gdbarch_int_bit
4959Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4960
4a9bb1df
UW
4961@item int gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4962@findex gdbarch_long_bit
4963Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4964
4a9bb1df
UW
4965@item int gdbarch_long_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4966@findex gdbarch_long_double_bit
c906108c 4967Number of bits in a long double float;
4a9bb1df
UW
4968defaults to @w{@code{2 * gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4969
4970@item int gdbarch_long_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4971@findex gdbarch_long_long_bit
4972Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to
4973@w{@code{2 * gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4974
4975@item int gdbarch_ptr_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4976@findex gdbarch_ptr_bit
4977Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to
4978@w{@code{gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4979
4980@item int gdbarch_short_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4981@findex gdbarch_short_bit
4982Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @w{@code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
4983
4a9bb1df
UW
4984@item void gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{frame_regnum}, @var{frame_offset})
4985@findex gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer
1f70da6a
SS
4986Returns a @code{(@var{register}, @var{offset})} pair representing the virtual
4987frame pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame
4988pointers are not used, a default definition simply returns
4989@code{gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum} (or @code{gdbarch_sp_regnum}, if
4990no frame pointer is defined), with an offset of zero.
4991
587afa38
EZ
4992@c need to explain virtual frame pointers, they are recorded in agent
4993@c expressions for tracepoints
c906108c 4994
9742079a
EZ
4995@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
4996If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted
4997watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and
4998other related macros.
4999
4a9bb1df
UW
5000@item int gdbarch_print_insn (@var{gdbarch}, @var{vma}, @var{info})
5001@findex gdbarch_print_insn
7ccaa899 5002This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly
4a9bb1df 5003instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{vma} in
1f70da6a
SS
5004debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes.
5005This usually points to a function in the @code{opcodes} library
5006(@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}). @var{info} is a structure (of
5007type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in the header file
5008@file{include/dis-asm.h}, and used to pass information to the
5009instruction decoding routine.
7ccaa899 5010
669fac23
DJ
5011@item frame_id gdbarch_dummy_id (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame})
5012@findex gdbarch_dummy_id
5013@anchor{gdbarch_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @w{@code{struct
4a9bb1df 5014frame_id}} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy
b24da7d0 5015frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value
669fac23 5016previously saved by @code{call_function_by_hand}.
6314f104 5017
4a9bb1df
UW
5018@item void gdbarch_value_to_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
5019@findex gdbarch_value_to_register
5020Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of a register.
13d01224
AC
5021@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
5022
c906108c
SS
5023@end table
5024
5025Motorola M68K target conditionals.
5026
56caf160 5027@ftable @code
c906108c
SS
5028@item BPT_VECTOR
5029Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If
5030not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}.
5031
5032@item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR
5033Defaults to @code{1}.
a23a7bf1 5034
56caf160 5035@end ftable
c906108c 5036
b6fd0dfb 5037@node Adding a New Target
c906108c
SS
5038@section Adding a New Target
5039
56caf160 5040@cindex adding a target
af6c57ea 5041The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}:
c906108c
SS
5042
5043@table @file
f0323ca0 5044@cindex target dependent files
c906108c 5045
c906108c
SS
5046@item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c
5047Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On
1f70da6a 5048some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c 5049
af6c57ea
AC
5050@item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c
5051@itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h
1f70da6a
SS
5052This is required to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
5053processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). It can be shared among many
5054targets that use the same processor architecture.
af6c57ea 5055
c906108c
SS
5056@end table
5057
1f70da6a
SS
5058(Target header files such as
5059@file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h},
5060@file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h}, and
5061@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} are no longer used.)
c906108c 5062
587afa38
EZ
5063@findex _initialize_@var{arch}_tdep
5064A @value{GDBN} description for a new architecture, arch is created by
5065defining a global function @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep}, by
5066convention in the source file @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}. For
5067example, in the case of the OpenRISC 1000, this function is called
5068@code{_initialize_or1k_tdep} and is found in the file
5069@file{or1k-tdep.c}.
5070
5071The object file resulting from compiling this source file, which will
5072contain the implementation of the
5073@code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function is specified in the
5074@value{GDBN} @file{configure.tgt} file, which includes a large case
5075statement pattern matching against the @code{--target} option of the
5076@kbd{configure} script.
5077
5078@quotation
5079@emph{Note:} If the architecture requires multiple source files, the
5080corresponding binaries should be included in
5081@file{configure.tgt}. However if there are header files, the
5082dependencies on these will not be picked up from the entries in
5083@file{configure.tgt}. The @file{Makefile.in} file will need extending to
5084show these dependencies.
5085@end quotation
5086
5087@findex gdbarch_register
5088A new struct gdbarch, defining the new architecture, is created within
5089the @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function by calling
5090@code{gdbarch_register}:
5091
5092@smallexample
5093void gdbarch_register (enum bfd_architecture architecture,
5094 gdbarch_init_ftype *init_func,
5095 gdbarch_dump_tdep_ftype *tdep_dump_func);
5096@end smallexample
5097
5098This function has been described fully in an earlier
5099section. @xref{How an Architecture is Represented, , How an
5100Architecture is Represented}.
5101
5102The new @code{@w{struct gdbarch}} should contain implementations of
5103the necessary functions (described in the previous sections) to
5104describe the basic layout of the target machine's processor chip
5105(registers, stack, etc.). It can be shared among many targets that use
5106the same processor architecture.
5107
123dc839
DJ
5108@node Target Descriptions
5109@chapter Target Descriptions
5110@cindex target descriptions
5111
5112The target architecture definition (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition})
5113contains @value{GDBN}'s hard-coded knowledge about an architecture. For
5114some platforms, it is handy to have more flexible knowledge about a specific
5115instance of the architecture---for instance, a processor or development board.
5116@dfn{Target descriptions} provide a mechanism for the user to tell @value{GDBN}
5117more about what their target supports, or for the target to tell @value{GDBN}
5118directly.
5119
5120For details on writing, automatically supplying, and manually selecting
5121target descriptions, see @ref{Target Descriptions, , , gdb,
5122Debugging with @value{GDBN}}. This section will cover some related
5123topics about the @value{GDBN} internals.
5124
5125@menu
5126* Target Descriptions Implementation::
5127* Adding Target Described Register Support::
5128@end menu
5129
5130@node Target Descriptions Implementation
5131@section Target Descriptions Implementation
5132@cindex target descriptions, implementation
5133
5134Before @value{GDBN} connects to a new target, or runs a new program on
5135an existing target, it discards any existing target description and
5136reverts to a default gdbarch. Then, after connecting, it looks for a
5137new target description by calling @code{target_find_description}.
5138
5139A description may come from a user specified file (XML), the remote
5140@samp{qXfer:features:read} packet (also XML), or from any custom
5141@code{to_read_description} routine in the target vector. For instance,
5142the remote target supports guessing whether a MIPS target is 32-bit or
514364-bit based on the size of the @samp{g} packet.
5144
5145If any target description is found, @value{GDBN} creates a new gdbarch
5146incorporating the description by calling @code{gdbarch_update_p}. Any
5147@samp{<architecture>} element is handled first, to determine which
5148architecture's gdbarch initialization routine is called to create the
5149new architecture. Then the initialization routine is called, and has
5150a chance to adjust the constructed architecture based on the contents
5151of the target description. For instance, it can recognize any
5152properties set by a @code{to_read_description} routine. Also
5153see @ref{Adding Target Described Register Support}.
5154
5155@node Adding Target Described Register Support
5156@section Adding Target Described Register Support
5157@cindex target descriptions, adding register support
5158
5159Target descriptions can report additional registers specific to an
5160instance of the target. But it takes a little work in the architecture
5161specific routines to support this.
5162
5163A target description must either have no registers or a complete
5164set---this avoids complexity in trying to merge standard registers
5165with the target defined registers. It is the architecture's
5166responsibility to validate that a description with registers has
5167everything it needs. To keep architecture code simple, the same
5168mechanism is used to assign fixed internal register numbers to
5169standard registers.
5170
5171If @code{tdesc_has_registers} returns 1, the description contains
5172registers. The architecture's @code{gdbarch_init} routine should:
5173
5174@itemize @bullet
5175
5176@item
5177Call @code{tdesc_data_alloc} to allocate storage, early, before
5178searching for a matching gdbarch or allocating a new one.
5179
5180@item
5181Use @code{tdesc_find_feature} to locate standard features by name.
5182
5183@item
5184Use @code{tdesc_numbered_register} and @code{tdesc_numbered_register_choices}
5185to locate the expected registers in the standard features.
5186
5187@item
5188Return @code{NULL} if a required feature is missing, or if any standard
5189feature is missing expected registers. This will produce a warning that
5190the description was incomplete.
5191
5192@item
5193Free the allocated data before returning, unless @code{tdesc_use_registers}
5194is called.
5195
5196@item
5197Call @code{set_gdbarch_num_regs} as usual, with a number higher than any
5198fixed number passed to @code{tdesc_numbered_register}.
5199
5200@item
5201Call @code{tdesc_use_registers} after creating a new gdbarch, before
5202returning it.
5203
5204@end itemize
5205
5206After @code{tdesc_use_registers} has been called, the architecture's
5207@code{register_name}, @code{register_type}, and @code{register_reggroup_p}
5208routines will not be called; that information will be taken from
5209the target description. @code{num_regs} may be increased to account
5210for any additional registers in the description.
5211
5212Pseudo-registers require some extra care:
5213
5214@itemize @bullet
5215
5216@item
5217Using @code{tdesc_numbered_register} allows the architecture to give
5218constant register numbers to standard architectural registers, e.g.@:
5219as an @code{enum} in @file{@var{arch}-tdep.h}. But because
5220pseudo-registers are always numbered above @code{num_regs},
5221which may be increased by the description, constant numbers
5222can not be used for pseudos. They must be numbered relative to
5223@code{num_regs} instead.
5224
5225@item
5226The description will not describe pseudo-registers, so the
5227architecture must call @code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_name},
5228@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_type}, and
5229@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_reggroup_p} to supply routines
5230describing pseudo registers. These routines will be passed
5231internal register numbers, so the same routines used for the
5232gdbarch equivalents are usually suitable.
5233
5234@end itemize
5235
5236
c906108c
SS
5237@node Target Vector Definition
5238
5239@chapter Target Vector Definition
56caf160 5240@cindex target vector
c906108c 5241
56caf160
EZ
5242The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s
5243abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that
5244actually exercises control over a process or a serial port.
5245@value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however,
5246each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them.
c906108c 5247
52bb452f
DJ
5248@menu
5249* Managing Execution State::
5250* Existing Targets::
5251@end menu
5252
5253@node Managing Execution State
5254@section Managing Execution State
5255@cindex execution state
5256
5257A target vector can be completely inactive (not pushed on the target
5258stack), active but not running (pushed, but not connected to a fully
5259manifested inferior), or completely active (pushed, with an accessible
5260inferior). Most targets are only completely inactive or completely
d3e8051b 5261active, but some support persistent connections to a target even
52bb452f
DJ
5262when the target has exited or not yet started.
5263
5264For example, connecting to the simulator using @code{target sim} does
5265not create a running program. Neither registers nor memory are
5266accessible until @code{run}. Similarly, after @code{kill}, the
5267program can not continue executing. But in both cases @value{GDBN}
5268remains connected to the simulator, and target-specific commands
5269are directed to the simulator.
5270
5271A target which only supports complete activation should push itself
5272onto the stack in its @code{to_open} routine (by calling
5273@code{push_target}), and unpush itself from the stack in its
5274@code{to_mourn_inferior} routine (by calling @code{unpush_target}).
5275
5276A target which supports both partial and complete activation should
5277still call @code{push_target} in @code{to_open}, but not call
5278@code{unpush_target} in @code{to_mourn_inferior}. Instead, it should
5279call either @code{target_mark_running} or @code{target_mark_exited}
5280in its @code{to_open}, depending on whether the target is fully active
5281after connection. It should also call @code{target_mark_running} any
5282time the inferior becomes fully active (e.g.@: in
5283@code{to_create_inferior} and @code{to_attach}), and
5284@code{target_mark_exited} when the inferior becomes inactive (in
5285@code{to_mourn_inferior}). The target should also make sure to call
5286@code{target_mourn_inferior} from its @code{to_kill}, to return the
5287target to inactive state.
5288
5289@node Existing Targets
5290@section Existing Targets
5291@cindex targets
5292
5293@subsection File Targets
c906108c
SS
5294
5295Both executables and core files have target vectors.
5296
52bb452f 5297@subsection Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs
c906108c 5298
587afa38
EZ
5299@value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code that
5300runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample
56caf160 5301@dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating
587afa38 5302systems for this purpose; they are named @file{@var{cpu}-stub.c}. Many
1f70da6a 5303operating systems, embedded targets, emulators, and simulators already
587afa38 5304have a @value{GDBN} stub built into them, and maintenance of the remote
1f70da6a 5305protocol must be careful to preserve compatibility.
c906108c 5306
56caf160
EZ
5307The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into
5308your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the
5309SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple
5310program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub.
c906108c
SS
5311
5312The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to
56caf160 5313@code{trap_low}:
c906108c
SS
5314
5315@enumerate
56caf160
EZ
5316@item
5317%l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap;
c906108c 5318
56caf160
EZ
5319@item
5320traps are disabled;
c906108c 5321
56caf160
EZ
5322@item
5323you are in the correct trap window.
c906108c
SS
5324@end enumerate
5325
5326As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there
56caf160 5327is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub.
c906108c
SS
5328The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the
5329hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()},
5330which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could
56caf160 5331set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub
c906108c
SS
5332first, and then transfers to its own trap handler.
5333
5334For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with
56caf160 5335``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel,
c906108c
SS
5336and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all
5337controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important
5338trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or
5339do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation
5340of the debugger/stub.
5341
5342From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work.
25822942 5343They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 5344
52bb452f 5345@subsection ROM Monitor Interface
c906108c 5346
52bb452f 5347@subsection Custom Protocols
c906108c 5348
52bb452f 5349@subsection Transport Layer
c906108c 5350
52bb452f 5351@subsection Builtin Simulator
c906108c
SS
5352
5353
5354@node Native Debugging
5355
5356@chapter Native Debugging
56caf160 5357@cindex native debugging
c906108c 5358
25822942 5359Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support:
c906108c
SS
5360
5361@table @file
56caf160 5362@vindex NATDEPFILES
c906108c 5363@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527 5364Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on
c906108c
SS
5365machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required
5366native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}.
5367Also specifies the header file which describes native support on
5368@var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also
5369define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS},
3d0bb823 5370@samp{NAT_CDEPS}, @samp{NAT_GENERATED_FILES}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 5371
7fd60527
AC
5372@emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file
5373originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN}
5374on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this
937f164b 5375purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will
7fd60527
AC
5376eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn}
5377suffix.}
5378
c906108c 5379@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h
56caf160 5380(@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C
c906108c
SS
5381macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as
5382child process control and core file support.
5383
5384@item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c
5385Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of
5386this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c
SS
5387@end table
5388
5389There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
5390various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
5391defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
5392the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
5393@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}.
5394
5395Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
5396to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
56caf160 5397Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o}
c906108c
SS
5398into @code{NATDEPFILES}.
5399
5400@table @file
c906108c
SS
5401@item inftarg.c
5402This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
5403processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child.
5404
5405@item procfs.c
5406This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
5407processes on systems which use /proc to control the child.
5408
5409@item fork-child.c
56caf160
EZ
5410This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork
5411and exec'' to start up a child process.
c906108c
SS
5412
5413@item infptrace.c
5414This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using
5415the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way.
c906108c
SS
5416@end table
5417
c906108c
SS
5418@section ptrace
5419
5420@section /proc
5421
5422@section win32
5423
5424@section shared libraries
5425
5426@section Native Conditionals
56caf160 5427@cindex native conditionals
c906108c 5428
56caf160
EZ
5429When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
5430defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and
5431target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left
5432undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}.
c906108c 5433
1f6d4158
AC
5434@table @code
5435
9742079a
EZ
5436@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
5437An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
5438support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
5439
990f9fe3 5440@item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms})
56caf160 5441@findex SOLIB_ADD
c906108c 5442Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in
587afa38 5443@var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If
990f9fe3
FF
5444@var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level
5445processing for @var{filename} is still done.
c906108c
SS
5446
5447@item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
56caf160 5448@findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
c906108c
SS
5449Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you
5450want to be run just after the child process has been forked.
5451
5452@item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
56caf160
EZ
5453@findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
5454When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap
5455twice; once when
c906108c
SS
5456the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual
5457number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to
5458expand into the number expected.
5459
c906108c
SS
5460@end table
5461
c906108c
SS
5462@node Support Libraries
5463
5464@chapter Support Libraries
5465
5466@section BFD
56caf160 5467@cindex BFD library
c906108c 5468
25822942 5469BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways:
c906108c
SS
5470
5471@table @emph
c906108c
SS
5472@item identifying executable and core files
5473BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and
5474several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files.
5475
5476@item access to sections of files
5477BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses,
5478sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files
56caf160
EZ
5479(such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply
5480calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for
5481length @var{z}.
c906108c
SS
5482
5483@item specialized core file support
5484BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a
5485core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core
56caf160 5486file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable
c906108c
SS
5487file.
5488
5489@item locating the symbol information
25822942
DB
5490@value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the
5491symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself
c906108c 5492handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug
25822942 5493symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols,
c906108c 5494string table, etc.
c906108c
SS
5495@end table
5496
5497@section opcodes
56caf160 5498@cindex opcodes library
c906108c 5499
25822942 5500The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate
c906108c
SS
5501library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}).
5502
5503@section readline
86f04699
EZ
5504@cindex readline library
5505The @code{readline} library provides a set of functions for use by applications
5506that allow users to edit command lines as they are typed in.
c906108c
SS
5507
5508@section libiberty
1eb288ea
EZ
5509@cindex @code{libiberty} library
5510
5511The @code{libiberty} library provides a set of functions and features
5512that integrate and improve on functionality found in modern operating
5513systems. Broadly speaking, such features can be divided into three
5514groups: supplemental functions (functions that may be missing in some
5515environments and operating systems), replacement functions (providing
5516a uniform and easier to use interface for commonly used standard
5517functions), and extensions (which provide additional functionality
5518beyond standard functions).
5519
5520@value{GDBN} uses various features provided by the @code{libiberty}
5521library, for instance the C@t{++} demangler, the @acronym{IEEE}
5522floating format support functions, the input options parser
5523@samp{getopt}, the @samp{obstack} extension, and other functions.
5524
5525@subsection @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN}
5526@cindex @code{obstacks}
5527
5528The obstack mechanism provides a convenient way to allocate and free
5529chunks of memory. Each obstack is a pool of memory that is managed
5530like a stack. Objects (of any nature, size and alignment) are
5531allocated and freed in a @acronym{LIFO} fashion on an obstack (see
d3e8051b 5532@code{libiberty}'s documentation for a more detailed explanation of
1eb288ea
EZ
5533@code{obstacks}).
5534
5535The most noticeable use of the @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN} is in
5536object files. There is an obstack associated with each internal
5537representation of an object file. Lots of things get allocated on
5538these @code{obstacks}: dictionary entries, blocks, blockvectors,
5539symbols, minimal symbols, types, vectors of fundamental types, class
5540fields of types, object files section lists, object files section
d3e8051b 5541offset lists, line tables, symbol tables, partial symbol tables,
1eb288ea
EZ
5542string tables, symbol table private data, macros tables, debug
5543information sections and entries, import and export lists (som),
5544unwind information (hppa), dwarf2 location expressions data. Plus
5545various strings such as directory names strings, debug format strings,
5546names of types.
5547
5548An essential and convenient property of all data on @code{obstacks} is
5549that memory for it gets allocated (with @code{obstack_alloc}) at
d3e8051b 5550various times during a debugging session, but it is released all at
1eb288ea
EZ
5551once using the @code{obstack_free} function. The @code{obstack_free}
5552function takes a pointer to where in the stack it must start the
5553deletion from (much like the cleanup chains have a pointer to where to
5554start the cleanups). Because of the stack like structure of the
5555@code{obstacks}, this allows to free only a top portion of the
5556obstack. There are a few instances in @value{GDBN} where such thing
5557happens. Calls to @code{obstack_free} are done after some local data
5558is allocated to the obstack. Only the local data is deleted from the
5559obstack. Of course this assumes that nothing between the
5560@code{obstack_alloc} and the @code{obstack_free} allocates anything
5561else on the same obstack. For this reason it is best and safest to
5562use temporary @code{obstacks}.
5563
5564Releasing the whole obstack is also not safe per se. It is safe only
5565under the condition that we know the @code{obstacks} memory is no
5566longer needed. In @value{GDBN} we get rid of the @code{obstacks} only
5567when we get rid of the whole objfile(s), for instance upon reading a
5568new symbol file.
c906108c
SS
5569
5570@section gnu-regex
56caf160 5571@cindex regular expressions library
c906108c
SS
5572
5573Regex conditionals.
5574
5575@table @code
c906108c
SS
5576@item C_ALLOCA
5577
5578@item NFAILURES
5579
5580@item RE_NREGS
5581
5582@item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR
5583
5584@item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
5585
5586@item SYNTAX_TABLE
5587
5588@item Sword
5589
5590@item sparc
c906108c
SS
5591@end table
5592
350da6ee
DJ
5593@section Array Containers
5594@cindex Array Containers
5595@cindex VEC
5596
5597Often it is necessary to manipulate a dynamic array of a set of
5598objects. C forces some bookkeeping on this, which can get cumbersome
d3e8051b 5599and repetitive. The @file{vec.h} file contains macros for defining
350da6ee
DJ
5600and using a typesafe vector type. The functions defined will be
5601inlined when compiling, and so the abstraction cost should be zero.
5602Domain checks are added to detect programming errors.
5603
5604An example use would be an array of symbols or section information.
5605The array can be grown as symbols are read in (or preallocated), and
5606the accessor macros provided keep care of all the necessary
5607bookkeeping. Because the arrays are type safe, there is no danger of
5608accidentally mixing up the contents. Think of these as C++ templates,
5609but implemented in C.
5610
5611Because of the different behavior of structure objects, scalar objects
5612and of pointers, there are three flavors of vector, one for each of
5613these variants. Both the structure object and pointer variants pass
5614pointers to objects around --- in the former case the pointers are
5615stored into the vector and in the latter case the pointers are
5616dereferenced and the objects copied into the vector. The scalar
5617object variant is suitable for @code{int}-like objects, and the vector
5618elements are returned by value.
5619
5620There are both @code{index} and @code{iterate} accessors. The iterator
5621returns a boolean iteration condition and updates the iteration
5622variable passed by reference. Because the iterator will be inlined,
5623the address-of can be optimized away.
5624
5625The vectors are implemented using the trailing array idiom, thus they
5626are not resizeable without changing the address of the vector object
5627itself. This means you cannot have variables or fields of vector type
5628--- always use a pointer to a vector. The one exception is the final
5629field of a structure, which could be a vector type. You will have to
5630use the @code{embedded_size} & @code{embedded_init} calls to create
5631such objects, and they will probably not be resizeable (so don't use
5632the @dfn{safe} allocation variants). The trailing array idiom is used
5633(rather than a pointer to an array of data), because, if we allow
5634@code{NULL} to also represent an empty vector, empty vectors occupy
5635minimal space in the structure containing them.
5636
5637Each operation that increases the number of active elements is
5638available in @dfn{quick} and @dfn{safe} variants. The former presumes
5639that there is sufficient allocated space for the operation to succeed
5640(it dies if there is not). The latter will reallocate the vector, if
5641needed. Reallocation causes an exponential increase in vector size.
5642If you know you will be adding N elements, it would be more efficient
5643to use the reserve operation before adding the elements with the
5644@dfn{quick} operation. This will ensure there are at least as many
5645elements as you ask for, it will exponentially increase if there are
5646too few spare slots. If you want reserve a specific number of slots,
5647but do not want the exponential increase (for instance, you know this
5648is the last allocation), use a negative number for reservation. You
5649can also create a vector of a specific size from the get go.
5650
5651You should prefer the push and pop operations, as they append and
587afa38 5652remove from the end of the vector. If you need to remove several items
350da6ee
DJ
5653in one go, use the truncate operation. The insert and remove
5654operations allow you to change elements in the middle of the vector.
5655There are two remove operations, one which preserves the element
5656ordering @code{ordered_remove}, and one which does not
5657@code{unordered_remove}. The latter function copies the end element
5658into the removed slot, rather than invoke a memmove operation. The
5659@code{lower_bound} function will determine where to place an item in
5660the array using insert that will maintain sorted order.
5661
5662If you need to directly manipulate a vector, then the @code{address}
5663accessor will return the address of the start of the vector. Also the
5664@code{space} predicate will tell you whether there is spare capacity in the
5665vector. You will not normally need to use these two functions.
5666
5667Vector types are defined using a
5668@code{DEF_VEC_@{O,P,I@}(@var{typename})} macro. Variables of vector
5669type are declared using a @code{VEC(@var{typename})} macro. The
5670characters @code{O}, @code{P} and @code{I} indicate whether
5671@var{typename} is an object (@code{O}), pointer (@code{P}) or integral
5672(@code{I}) type. Be careful to pick the correct one, as you'll get an
5673awkward and inefficient API if you use the wrong one. There is a
5674check, which results in a compile-time warning, for the @code{P} and
5675@code{I} versions, but there is no check for the @code{O} versions, as
5676that is not possible in plain C.
5677
5678An example of their use would be,
5679
5680@smallexample
5681DEF_VEC_P(tree); // non-managed tree vector.
5682
5683struct my_struct @{
5684 VEC(tree) *v; // A (pointer to) a vector of tree pointers.
5685@};
5686
5687struct my_struct *s;
5688
5689if (VEC_length(tree, s->v)) @{ we have some contents @}
5690VEC_safe_push(tree, s->v, decl); // append some decl onto the end
5691for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(tree, s->v, ix, elt); ix++)
5692 @{ do something with elt @}
5693
5694@end smallexample
5695
5696The @file{vec.h} file provides details on how to invoke the various
5697accessors provided. They are enumerated here:
5698
5699@table @code
5700@item VEC_length
5701Return the number of items in the array,
5702
5703@item VEC_empty
5704Return true if the array has no elements.
5705
5706@item VEC_last
5707@itemx VEC_index
5708Return the last or arbitrary item in the array.
5709
5710@item VEC_iterate
5711Access an array element and indicate whether the array has been
5712traversed.
5713
5714@item VEC_alloc
5715@itemx VEC_free
5716Create and destroy an array.
5717
5718@item VEC_embedded_size
5719@itemx VEC_embedded_init
5720Helpers for embedding an array as the final element of another struct.
5721
5722@item VEC_copy
5723Duplicate an array.
5724
5725@item VEC_space
5726Return the amount of free space in an array.
5727
5728@item VEC_reserve
5729Ensure a certain amount of free space.
5730
5731@item VEC_quick_push
5732@itemx VEC_safe_push
5733Append to an array, either assuming the space is available, or making
5734sure that it is.
5735
5736@item VEC_pop
5737Remove the last item from an array.
5738
5739@item VEC_truncate
5740Remove several items from the end of an array.
5741
5742@item VEC_safe_grow
5743Add several items to the end of an array.
5744
5745@item VEC_replace
5746Overwrite an item in the array.
5747
5748@item VEC_quick_insert
5749@itemx VEC_safe_insert
5750Insert an item into the middle of the array. Either the space must
5751already exist, or the space is created.
5752
5753@item VEC_ordered_remove
5754@itemx VEC_unordered_remove
5755Remove an item from the array, preserving order or not.
5756
5757@item VEC_block_remove
5758Remove a set of items from the array.
5759
5760@item VEC_address
5761Provide the address of the first element.
5762
5763@item VEC_lower_bound
5764Binary search the array.
5765
5766@end table
5767
c906108c
SS
5768@section include
5769
5770@node Coding
5771
5772@chapter Coding
5773
5774This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major
25822942 5775algorithms of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
5776
5777@section Cleanups
56caf160 5778@cindex cleanups
c906108c
SS
5779
5780Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done
cc1cb004 5781later.
c906108c 5782
cc1cb004
AC
5783When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or
5784@code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree}
5785the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The
5786cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished
5787and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack
5788is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform
5789cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you
5790created.
c906108c
SS
5791
5792Syntax:
5793
5794@table @code
c906108c
SS
5795@item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain};
5796Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle.
5797
56caf160 5798@findex make_cleanup
c906108c
SS
5799@item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg});
5800Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with
5801@var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a
cc1cb004
AC
5802handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or
5803@code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call
5804@code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result
5805from @code{make_cleanup}.
c906108c 5806
56caf160 5807@findex do_cleanups
c906108c 5808@item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
cc1cb004
AC
5809Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding
5810@code{make_cleanup} call was made.
5811
5812@findex discard_cleanups
5813@item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
5814Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from
5815the chain and does not call the specified functions.
5816@end table
5817
5818Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by
5819@code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any
5820later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or
5821performed). E.g.:
56caf160 5822
474c8240 5823@smallexample
c906108c 5824make_cleanup (a, 0);
cc1cb004
AC
5825@{
5826 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0);
5827 make_cleanup (c, 0)
5828 ...
5829 do_cleanups (old);
5830@}
474c8240 5831@end smallexample
56caf160 5832
c906108c 5833@noindent
cc1cb004
AC
5834will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The
5835cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will
5836be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill
5837
5838Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates.
5839Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller
5840will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads
5841to two common cleanup styles.
5842
5843The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5844@code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your
5845code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following
5846code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is
5847called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the
5848@code{xfree} will always be called:
c906108c 5849
474c8240 5850@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5851struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5852data = xmalloc (sizeof blah);
5853make_cleanup (xfree, data);
5854... blah blah ...
5855do_cleanups (old);
474c8240 5856@end smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5857
5858The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5859@code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that
5860any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following
5861code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is
5862an error:
5863
474c8240 5864@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5865FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r");
5866struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file);
5867... blah blah ...
5868discard_cleanups (old);
5869return file;
474c8240 5870@end smallexample
c906108c 5871
c1468174 5872Some functions, e.g., @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify
c906108c
SS
5873that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This
5874means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or
5875interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these
5876functions, since they might never return to your code (they
5877@samp{longjmp} instead).
5878
ba8c9337
AC
5879@section Per-architecture module data
5880@cindex per-architecture module data
5881@cindex multi-arch data
5882@cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module
5883
fc989b7a
AC
5884The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module
5885specific per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch}
5886architecture object.
5887
5888A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using:
5889
587afa38 5890@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct gdbarch_data *} gdbarch_data_register_pre_init (gdbarch_data_pre_init_ftype *@var{pre_init})
fc989b7a
AC
5891@var{pre_init} is used to, on-demand, allocate an initial value for a
5892per-architecture data-pointer using the architecture's obstack (passed
5893in as a parameter). Since @var{pre_init} can be called during
5894architecture creation, it is not parameterized with the architecture.
5895and must not call modules that use per-architecture data.
587afa38 5896@end deftypefn
ba8c9337 5897
587afa38 5898@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct gdbarch_data *} gdbarch_data_register_post_init (gdbarch_data_post_init_ftype *@var{post_init})
fc989b7a
AC
5899@var{post_init} is used to obtain an initial value for a
5900per-architecture data-pointer @emph{after}. Since @var{post_init} is
5901always called after architecture creation, it both receives the fully
5902initialized architecture and is free to call modules that use
5903per-architecture data (care needs to be taken to ensure that those
5904other modules do not try to call back to this module as that will
5905create in cycles in the initialization call graph).
587afa38 5906@end deftypefn
ba8c9337 5907
fc989b7a
AC
5908These functions return a @code{struct gdbarch_data} that is used to
5909identify the per-architecture data-pointer added for that module.
ba8c9337 5910
fc989b7a 5911The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function:
ba8c9337 5912
587afa38 5913@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {void *} gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle})
fc989b7a
AC
5914Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle
5915@var{data_handle} (returned by @code{gdbarch_data_register_pre_init}
5916or @code{gdbarch_data_register_post_init}), this function returns the
5917current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. If the data
5918pointer is @code{NULL}, it is first initialized by calling the
5919corresponding @var{pre_init} or @var{post_init} method.
587afa38 5920@end deftypefn
ba8c9337 5921
fc989b7a 5922The examples below assume the following definitions:
ba8c9337
AC
5923
5924@smallexample
e7f16015 5925struct nozel @{ int total; @};
ba8c9337 5926static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle;
ba8c9337
AC
5927@end smallexample
5928
fc989b7a
AC
5929A module can extend the architecture vector, adding additional
5930per-architecture data, using the @var{pre_init} method. The module's
5931per-architecture data is then initialized during architecture
5932creation.
ba8c9337 5933
fc989b7a
AC
5934In the below, the module's per-architecture @emph{nozel} is added. An
5935architecture can specify its nozel by calling @code{set_gdbarch_nozel}
5936from @code{gdbarch_init}.
ba8c9337
AC
5937
5938@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5939static void *
5940nozel_pre_init (struct obstack *obstack)
ba8c9337 5941@{
fc989b7a
AC
5942 struct nozel *data = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (obstack, struct nozel);
5943 return data;
5944@}
ba8c9337
AC
5945@end smallexample
5946
ba8c9337 5947@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5948extern void
5949set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int total)
ba8c9337 5950@{
ba8c9337 5951 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
fc989b7a 5952 data->total = nozel;
ba8c9337
AC
5953@}
5954@end smallexample
5955
587afa38 5956A module can on-demand create architecture dependent data structures
fc989b7a 5957using @code{post_init}.
ba8c9337 5958
fc989b7a
AC
5959In the below, the nozel's total is computed on-demand by
5960@code{nozel_post_init} using information obtained from the
5961architecture.
ba8c9337
AC
5962
5963@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5964static void *
5965nozel_post_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5966@{
fc989b7a
AC
5967 struct nozel *data = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (gdbarch, struct nozel);
5968 nozel->total = gdbarch@dots{} (gdbarch);
5969 return data;
ba8c9337
AC
5970@}
5971@end smallexample
5972
5973@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5974extern int
5975nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5976@{
fc989b7a
AC
5977 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
5978 return data->total;
ba8c9337
AC
5979@}
5980@end smallexample
5981
c906108c 5982@section Wrapping Output Lines
56caf160 5983@cindex line wrap in output
c906108c 5984
56caf160 5985@findex wrap_here
c906108c
SS
5986Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered}
5987or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here}
5988added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility
5989routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is
5990exceeded.
5991
5992The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is
5993printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved
5994away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to
5995@code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the
5996@code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then
5997return!
5998
56caf160 5999It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or
c906108c
SS
6000space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your
6001indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if
6002the line wraps there.
6003
6004Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must
6005finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching
56caf160 6006to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that
c906108c
SS
6007print warnings are a good example.
6008
25822942 6009@section @value{GDBN} Coding Standards
56caf160 6010@cindex coding standards
c906108c 6011
25822942 6012@value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in
c906108c 6013@file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous
af6c57ea
AC
6014FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation
6015of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice
6016but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it.
c906108c 6017
56caf160
EZ
6018@value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to
6019@value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections.
c906108c 6020
af6c57ea 6021
b9aa90c9 6022@subsection ISO C
af6c57ea 6023
b9aa90c9
AC
6024@value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant
6025compiler.
af6c57ea 6026
b9aa90c9 6027@value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library.
af6c57ea
AC
6028
6029
6030@subsection Memory Management
6031
6032@value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc},
6033@code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}.
6034
6035@value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and
6036@code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@:
6037these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead,
6038they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return
6039@code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero.
6040
6041@emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every
6042memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable
6043behavior.}
6044
6045@value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}.
6046
6047@value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the
6048memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to
6049free a @code{NULL} pointer.
6050
6051@emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a
6052@code{NULL} pointer.}
6053
6054@value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the
6055allocation of small temporary values (such as strings).
6056
6057@emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems
6058restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.}
6059
6060@value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print
b435e160 6061function @code{xstrprintf}.
af6c57ea
AC
6062
6063@emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print
6064functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow
6065errors.}
6066
6067
6068@subsection Compiler Warnings
56caf160 6069@cindex compiler warnings
af6c57ea 6070
aa79a185
DJ
6071With few exceptions, developers should avoid the configuration option
6072@samp{--disable-werror} when building @value{GDBN}. The exceptions
6073are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}. The default, when
6074building with @sc{gcc}, is @samp{--enable-werror}.
af6c57ea
AC
6075
6076This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled
6077with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings
aa79a185 6078from those flags are treated as errors.
af6c57ea
AC
6079
6080The current list of warning flags includes:
6081
6082@table @samp
aa79a185
DJ
6083@item -Wall
6084Recommended @sc{gcc} warnings.
af6c57ea 6085
aa79a185 6086@item -Wdeclaration-after-statement
af6c57ea 6087
aa79a185
DJ
6088@sc{gcc} 3.x (and later) and @sc{c99} allow declarations mixed with
6089code, but @sc{gcc} 2.x and @sc{c89} do not.
af6c57ea 6090
aa79a185 6091@item -Wpointer-arith
af6c57ea 6092
aa79a185
DJ
6093@item -Wformat-nonliteral
6094Non-literal format strings, with a few exceptions, are bugs - they
d3e8051b 6095might contain unintended user-supplied format specifiers.
af6c57ea 6096Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all
aa79a185 6097@code{printf} like functions this checks not just @code{printf} calls
af6c57ea
AC
6098but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}.
6099
7be93b9e
JB
6100@item -Wno-pointer-sign
6101In version 4.0, GCC began warning about pointer argument passing or
6102assignment even when the source and destination differed only in
6103signedness. However, most @value{GDBN} code doesn't distinguish
6104carefully between @code{char} and @code{unsigned char}. In early 2006
6105the @value{GDBN} developers decided correcting these warnings wasn't
6106worth the time it would take.
6107
aa79a185
DJ
6108@item -Wno-unused-parameter
6109Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented many functions have
6110unused parameters. Consequently this warning is avoided. The macro
af6c57ea
AC
6111@code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives ---
6112it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that
aa79a185
DJ
6113is being used.
6114
6115@item -Wno-unused
6116@itemx -Wno-switch
58b38ee2 6117@itemx -Wno-char-subscripts
aa79a185
DJ
6118These are warnings which might be useful for @value{GDBN}, but are
6119currently too noisy to enable with @samp{-Werror}.
af6c57ea 6120
aa79a185 6121@end table
c906108c
SS
6122
6123@subsection Formatting
6124
56caf160 6125@cindex source code formatting
c906108c
SS
6126The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed
6127strictly.
6128
af6c57ea
AC
6129A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A
6130function definition should have its name in column zero.
6131
474c8240 6132@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6133/* Declaration */
6134static void foo (void);
6135/* Definition */
6136void
6137foo (void)
6138@{
6139@}
474c8240 6140@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6141
6142@emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can
6143be found using @samp{^function-name}.}
c906108c 6144
af6c57ea
AC
6145There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening
6146parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as
6147required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket
6148or before a close paren/bracket.
c906108c
SS
6149
6150While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use
6151more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace
af6c57ea
AC
6152after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had
6153whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties
6154for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities.
6155
6156Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style:
6157
474c8240 6158@smallexample
af6c57ea 6159void *foo;
474c8240 6160@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6161
6162@noindent
6163and not:
6164
474c8240 6165@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6166void * foo;
6167void* foo;
474c8240 6168@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
6169
6170@subsection Comments
6171
56caf160 6172@cindex comment formatting
c906108c
SS
6173The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly.
6174
af6c57ea
AC
6175Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or
6176@code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}:
c906108c 6177
474c8240 6178@smallexample
c906108c
SS
6179/* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior
6180 gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of
6181 returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When
6182 this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left
25822942 6183 stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */
474c8240 6184@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
6185
6186(Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line
56caf160 6187comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.)
c906108c
SS
6188
6189Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or
6190variable definitions, and the definition itself.
6191
6192In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather
6193than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a
6194line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer
6195than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow.
6196
6197@subsection C Usage
6198
56caf160 6199@cindex C data types
c906108c
SS
6200Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the
6201host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order
6202of evaluation of expressions.
6203
56caf160 6204@cindex function usage
c906108c 6205Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas
56caf160
EZ
6206in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function
6207call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is
6208limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call).
c906108c
SS
6209
6210However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions
6211are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function.
6212
af6c57ea 6213@emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.}
9e678452
CF
6214(But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are
6215protected with parentheses.)
af6c57ea
AC
6216
6217@cindex types
c906108c 6218
af6c57ea
AC
6219Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to
6220declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}.
6221
6222
6223@subsection Function Prototypes
56caf160 6224@cindex function prototypes
af6c57ea
AC
6225
6226Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining}
6227a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the
6228argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual
6229function definition.
c906108c 6230
53a5351d
JM
6231All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that
6232callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must
6233be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be
6234visible to random source files.
c906108c 6235
af6c57ea
AC
6236Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function,
6237that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file.
6238
6239
6240@subsection Internal Error Recovery
6241
6242During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors.
6243User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user
6244entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt
6245object files and system errors when interacting with the target.
937f164b
FF
6246Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at
6247run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation.
af6c57ea
AC
6248
6249When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses
6250@code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}.
6251
6252@value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}.
6253
6254@emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either
6255the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a
6256@code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user
6257error and issued an @code{internal_error}.}
6258
6259@subsection File Names
6260
6261Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower
587afa38 6262case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3
af6c57ea
AC
6263unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files.
6264
6265@emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many
6266platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file
6267is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and
6268@file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the
6269convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into
6270@file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform
6271@file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.}
6272
6273Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core
6274of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
6275
6276@emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.}
6277
6278When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex
6279@file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with
b4177fca
DJ
6280@file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively
6281independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure},
6282the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they
6283should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple
6284programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}.
af6c57ea
AC
6285
6286For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator.
6287
6288
6289@subsection Include Files
6290
e2b28d04 6291A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first.
af6c57ea 6292
e2b28d04
AC
6293A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
6294declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
6295indirect inclusion.
af6c57ea 6296
e2b28d04
AC
6297A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
6298declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
6299indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to
6300be directly included.
af6c57ea 6301
e2b28d04 6302An external declaration should only appear in one include file.
af6c57ea 6303
e2b28d04
AC
6304An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file.
6305Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that
6306pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}.
6307
6308A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file.
6309
6310An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h}
6311files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque
6312@code{struct} declaration instead of an include.
6313
6314All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in:
af6c57ea 6315
474c8240 6316@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6317#ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
6318#define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
6319header body
6320#endif
474c8240 6321@end smallexample
af6c57ea 6322
c906108c 6323
dab11f21 6324@subsection Clean Design and Portable Implementation
c906108c 6325
56caf160 6326@cindex design
c906108c 6327In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of
25822942 6328semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long
c906108c
SS
6329experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of
6330trouble.
6331
56caf160 6332@cindex assumptions about targets
c906108c
SS
6333You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target
6334(including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things
56caf160
EZ
6335must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in
6336@value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h},
6337such as @code{bfd_get_32}.
c906108c
SS
6338
6339You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to
6340the target system. All references to the target must go through the
6341current @code{target_ops} vector.
6342
6343You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine
6344(except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't
6345assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the
6346host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files --
6347written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid
6348copyright problems.
6349
56caf160 6350@cindex portability
c906108c
SS
6351Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better
6352to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various
6353systems.
6354
56caf160 6355@cindex system dependencies
c906108c
SS
6356New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers
6357or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test
6358for features. The information about which configurations contain which
6359features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience
6360has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system
6361often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some
6362predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over
6363time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently
6364with regard to this feature.
6365
6366Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems,
af6c57ea 6367target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code.
c906108c 6368
dab11f21
EZ
6369@cindex portable file name handling
6370@cindex file names, portability
6371One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to
6372creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code
6373assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with
6374a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading
6375directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not
6376necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid
6377system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file
6378name, use the following portable macros:
6379
6380@table @code
6381@findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
6382@item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
6383This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts
6384whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this
6385symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for
6386such hosts.
6387
6388@findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR
4be31470 6389@item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c})
dab11f21
EZ
6390Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator
6391character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is
6392such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will
6393pass.
6394
6395@findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH
6396@item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file})
6397Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name.
6398For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash
6399@file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and
6400@file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names.
6401
6402@findex FILENAME_CMP
6403@item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2})
6404Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as
6405appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems,
6406this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it
6407will call @code{strcasecmp} instead.
6408
6409@findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
6410@item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
6411Evaluates to a character which separates directories in
6412@code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables.
6413This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows.
6414
6415@findex SLASH_STRING
6416@item SLASH_STRING
6417This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an
6418absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename.
6419@code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be
6420@code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports.
6421@end table
6422
6423In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library
6424functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a
6425basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and
6426@code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for
6427platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash
6428with @code{strrchr}.
6429
25822942
DB
6430Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an
6431attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle
56caf160
EZ
6432multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but
6433by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as
c906108c
SS
6434well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever
6435something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are
56caf160
EZ
6436using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g.,
6437@code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the
c906108c 6438current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface
56caf160 6439is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually
c906108c
SS
6440implements the new remote interface. Other examples of
6441attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file
25822942 6442formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages.
c906108c 6443
56caf160
EZ
6444Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all
6445the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of
6446@value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing
6447something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been
6448consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal
6449with variations between systems the same way any system-independent
6450file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are
6451radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all.
c906108c 6452
af6c57ea
AC
6453All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug
6454@var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace
6455messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use
6456@code{#ifdef DEBUG}.
6457
c906108c 6458
8487521e 6459@node Porting GDB
c906108c 6460
25822942 6461@chapter Porting @value{GDBN}
56caf160 6462@cindex porting to new machines
c906108c 6463
56caf160 6464Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in
587afa38
EZ
6465specifying the configuration of the machine. Porting a new
6466architecture to @value{GDBN} can be broken into a number of steps.
c906108c 6467
56caf160 6468@itemize @bullet
c906108c 6469
587afa38
EZ
6470@item
6471Ensure a @sc{bfd} exists for executables of the target architecture in
6472the @file{bfd} directory. If one does not exist, create one by
6473modifying an existing similar one.
56caf160 6474
587afa38
EZ
6475@item
6476Implement a disassembler for the target architecture in the @file{opcodes}
6477directory.
56caf160 6478
587afa38
EZ
6479@item
6480Define the target architecture in the @file{gdb} directory
6481(@pxref{Adding a New Target, , Adding a New Target}). Add the pattern
6482for the new target to @file{configure.tgt} with the names of the files
6483that contain the code. By convention the target architecture
6484definition for an architecture @var{arch} is placed in
6485@file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}.
6486
6487Within @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c} define the function
6488@code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} which calls
6489@code{gdbarch_register} to create the new @code{@w{struct
6490gdbarch}} for the architecture.
56caf160 6491
587afa38
EZ
6492@item
6493If a new remote target is needed, consider adding a new remote target
6494by defining a function
6495@code{_initialize_remote_@var{arch}}. However if at all possible
6496use the @value{GDBN} @emph{Remote Serial Protocol} for this and implement
6497the server side protocol independently with the target.
c906108c 6498
587afa38
EZ
6499@item
6500If desired implement a simulator in the @file{sim} directory. This
6501should create the library @file{libsim.a} implementing the interface
6502in @file{remote-sim.h} (found in the @file{include} directory).
c906108c 6503
56caf160 6504@item
587afa38
EZ
6505Build and test. If desired, lobby the @sc{gdb} steering group to
6506have the new port included in the main distribution!
7fd60527 6507
56caf160 6508@item
587afa38
EZ
6509Add a description of the new architecture to the main @value{GDBN} user
6510guide (@pxref{Configuration Specific Information, , Configuration
6511Specific Information, gdb, Debugging with @value{GDBN}}).
6512
56caf160 6513@end itemize
c906108c 6514
d52fe014
AC
6515@node Versions and Branches
6516@chapter Versions and Branches
8973da3a 6517
d52fe014 6518@section Versions
8973da3a 6519
d52fe014
AC
6520@value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file
6521@file{gdb/version.in} and takes one of the following forms:
fb0ff88f 6522
d52fe014
AC
6523@table @asis
6524@item @var{major}.@var{minor}
6525@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
6526an official release (e.g., 6.2 or 6.2.1)
6527@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6528a snapshot taken at @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-gmt (e.g.,
65296.1.50.20020302, 6.1.90.20020304, or 6.1.0.20020308)
6530@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-cvs
6531a @sc{cvs} check out drawn on @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD} (e.g.,
65326.1.50.20020302-cvs, 6.1.90.20020304-cvs, or 6.1.0.20020308-cvs)
6533@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} (@var{vendor})
d52fe014 6534a vendor specific release of @value{GDBN}, that while based on@*
53531fc1
AC
6535@var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD},
6536may include additional changes
d52fe014 6537@end table
fb0ff88f 6538
d52fe014
AC
6539@value{GDBN}'s mainline uses the @var{major} and @var{minor} version
6540numbers from the most recent release branch, with a @var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
6541of 50. At the time each new release branch is created, the mainline's
6542@var{major} and @var{minor} version numbers are updated.
fb0ff88f 6543
53531fc1
AC
6544@value{GDBN}'s release branch is similar. When the branch is cut, the
6545@var{patchlevel} is changed from 50 to 90. As draft releases are
6546drawn from the branch, the @var{patchlevel} is incremented. Once the
6547first release (@var{major}.@var{minor}) has been made, the
6548@var{patchlevel} is set to 0 and updates have an incremented
6549@var{patchlevel}.
6550
6551For snapshots, and @sc{cvs} check outs, it is also possible to
6552identify the @sc{cvs} origin:
6553
6554@table @asis
6555@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.50.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6556drawn from the @sc{head} of mainline @sc{cvs} (e.g., 6.1.50.20020302)
6557@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.90.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6558@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.91.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
6559drawn from a release branch prior to the release (e.g.,
65606.1.90.20020304)
6561@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.0.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6562@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.1.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
6563drawn from a release branch after the release (e.g., 6.2.0.20020308)
6564@end table
fb0ff88f 6565
d52fe014
AC
6566If the previous @value{GDBN} version is 6.1 and the current version is
65676.2, then, substituting 6 for @var{major} and 1 or 2 for @var{minor},
6568here's an illustration of a typical sequence:
fb0ff88f 6569
d52fe014
AC
6570@smallexample
6571 <HEAD>
6572 |
53531fc1 65736.1.50.20020302-cvs
d52fe014 6574 |
53531fc1 6575 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 6576 | <gdb_6_2-branch>
d52fe014 6577 | |
53531fc1
AC
65786.2.50.20020303-cvs 6.1.90 (draft #1)
6579 | |
65806.2.50.20020304-cvs 6.1.90.20020304-cvs
6581 | |
65826.2.50.20020305-cvs 6.1.91 (draft #2)
d52fe014 6583 | |
53531fc1
AC
65846.2.50.20020306-cvs 6.1.91.20020306-cvs
6585 | |
65866.2.50.20020307-cvs 6.2 (release)
6587 | |
65886.2.50.20020308-cvs 6.2.0.20020308-cvs
6589 | |
65906.2.50.20020309-cvs 6.2.1 (update)
6591 | |
65926.2.50.20020310-cvs <branch closed>
d52fe014 6593 |
53531fc1 65946.2.50.20020311-cvs
d52fe014 6595 |
53531fc1 6596 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 6597 | <gdb_6_3-branch>
53531fc1
AC
6598 | |
65996.3.50.20020312-cvs 6.2.90 (draft #1)
6600 | |
d52fe014 6601@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6602
d52fe014
AC
6603@section Release Branches
6604@cindex Release Branches
fb0ff88f 6605
d52fe014
AC
6606@value{GDBN} draws a release series (6.2, 6.2.1, @dots{}) from a
6607single release branch, and identifies that branch using the @sc{cvs}
6608branch tags:
fb0ff88f 6609
d52fe014
AC
6610@smallexample
6611gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-branchpoint
6612gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-branch
6613gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-release
6614@end smallexample
6615
6616@emph{Pragmatics: To help identify the date at which a branch or
6617release is made, both the branchpoint and release tags include the
6618date that they are cut (@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}) in the tag. The
6619branch tag, denoting the head of the branch, does not need this.}
6620
6621@section Vendor Branches
6622@cindex vendor branches
fb0ff88f
AC
6623
6624To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file
6625@file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier
6626(an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in
d3e8051b 6627its version identifier). E.g., @samp{6.2widgit2}, or @samp{6.2 (Widgit
d52fe014
AC
6628Inc Patch 2)}.
6629
6630@section Experimental Branches
6631@cindex experimental branches
6632
6633@subsection Guidelines
6634
6635@value{GDBN} permits the creation of branches, cut from the @sc{cvs}
6636repository, for experimental development. Branches make it possible
6637for developers to share preliminary work, and maintainers to examine
6638significant new developments.
fb0ff88f 6639
d52fe014 6640The following are a set of guidelines for creating such branches:
fb0ff88f 6641
d52fe014
AC
6642@table @emph
6643
6644@item a branch has an owner
6645The owner can set further policy for a branch, but may not change the
6646ground rules. In particular, they can set a policy for commits (be it
6647adding more reviewers or deciding who can commit).
6648
6649@item all commits are posted
6650All changes committed to a branch shall also be posted to
87f9adc1 6651@email{gdb-patches@@sourceware.org, the @value{GDBN} patches
d52fe014
AC
6652mailing list}. While commentary on such changes are encouraged, people
6653should remember that the changes only apply to a branch.
6654
6655@item all commits are covered by an assignment
6656This ensures that all changes belong to the Free Software Foundation,
6657and avoids the possibility that the branch may become contaminated.
6658
6659@item a branch is focused
6660A focused branch has a single objective or goal, and does not contain
6661unnecessary or irrelevant changes. Cleanups, where identified, being
6662be pushed into the mainline as soon as possible.
6663
6664@item a branch tracks mainline
6665This keeps the level of divergence under control. It also keeps the
6666pressure on developers to push cleanups and other stuff into the
6667mainline.
6668
6669@item a branch shall contain the entire @value{GDBN} module
6670The @value{GDBN} module @code{gdb} should be specified when creating a
6671branch (branches of individual files should be avoided). @xref{Tags}.
6672
6673@item a branch shall be branded using @file{version.in}
6674The file @file{gdb/version.in} shall be modified so that it identifies
6675the branch @var{owner} and branch @var{name}, e.g.,
53531fc1 6676@samp{6.2.50.20030303_owner_name} or @samp{6.2 (Owner Name)}.
d52fe014
AC
6677
6678@end table
fb0ff88f 6679
d52fe014
AC
6680@subsection Tags
6681@anchor{Tags}
fb0ff88f 6682
d52fe014
AC
6683To simplify the identification of @value{GDBN} branches, the following
6684branch tagging convention is strongly recommended:
fb0ff88f 6685
d52fe014 6686@table @code
fb0ff88f 6687
d52fe014
AC
6688@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6689@itemx @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch
6690The branch point and corresponding branch tag. @var{YYYYMMDD} is the
6691date that the branch was created. A branch is created using the
6692sequence: @anchor{experimental branch tags}
474c8240 6693@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6694cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint gdb
6695cvs rtag -b -r @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint \
6696 @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch gdb
474c8240 6697@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6698
d52fe014
AC
6699@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
6700The tagged point, on the mainline, that was used when merging the branch
6701on @var{yyyymmdd}. To merge in all changes since the branch was cut,
6702use a command sequence like:
474c8240 6703@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6704cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint gdb
6705cvs update \
6706 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6707 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
474c8240 6708@end smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6709@noindent
6710Similar sequences can be used to just merge in changes since the last
6711merge.
6712
6713@end table
fb0ff88f 6714
d52fe014
AC
6715@noindent
6716For further information on @sc{cvs}, see
6717@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/cvs/, Concurrent Versions System}.
6718
55f6ca0f
JB
6719@node Start of New Year Procedure
6720@chapter Start of New Year Procedure
6721@cindex new year procedure
6722
6723At the start of each new year, the following actions should be performed:
6724
6725@itemize @bullet
6726@item
6727Rotate the ChangeLog file
6728
6729The current @file{ChangeLog} file should be renamed into
6730@file{ChangeLog-YYYY} where YYYY is the year that has just passed.
6731A new @file{ChangeLog} file should be created, and its contents should
6732contain a reference to the previous ChangeLog. The following should
6733also be preserved at the end of the new ChangeLog, in order to provide
6734the appropriate settings when editing this file with Emacs:
6735@smallexample
6736Local Variables:
6737mode: change-log
6738left-margin: 8
6739fill-column: 74
6740version-control: never
9cb011d3 6741coding: utf-8
55f6ca0f
JB
6742End:
6743@end smallexample
6744
7f893741
JB
6745@item
6746Add an entry for the newly created ChangeLog file (@file{ChangeLog-YYYY})
6747in @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
6748
55f6ca0f
JB
6749@item
6750Update the copyright year in the startup message
6751
9cb011d3
JB
6752Update the copyright year in:
6753@itemize @bullet
6754@item file @file{top.c}, function @code{print_gdb_version}
6755@item file @file{gdbserver/server.c}, function @code{gdbserver_version}
6756@item file @file{gdbserver/gdbreplay.c}, function @code{gdbreplay_version}
6757@end itemize
6ec2edbe
JB
6758
6759@item
6760Add the new year in the copyright notices of all source and documentation
6761files. This can be done semi-automatically by running the @code{copyright.sh}
6762script. This script requires Emacs 22 or later to be installed.
6763
55f6ca0f
JB
6764@end itemize
6765
d52fe014 6766@node Releasing GDB
fb0ff88f 6767
d52fe014
AC
6768@chapter Releasing @value{GDBN}
6769@cindex making a new release of gdb
fb0ff88f 6770
9bb0a4d8
AC
6771@section Branch Commit Policy
6772
6773The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0,
67745.1 and 5.2 all used the below:
6775
6776@itemize @bullet
6777@item
6778The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds.
6779@item
6780Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the
6781trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS}
4be31470 6782file is better than committing a hack.
9bb0a4d8
AC
6783@item
6784When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include:
6785Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run}
6786when debugging a static binary?
6787@item
6788The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely
6789the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code).
6790@item
6791Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've
6792sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the
6793@file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)}
6794@end itemize
6795
6796@emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core
6797functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal.
6798This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within
6799reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.}
6800
6801
cbb09e6a 6802@section Obsoleting code
8973da3a 6803
8642bc8f 6804Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source
4be31470
EZ
6805code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN}
6806(an old target, an unused file).
8973da3a 6807
8642bc8f 6808Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every
cbb09e6a
AC
6809line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has
6810been obsoleted when greping through the sources.
8973da3a 6811
cbb09e6a
AC
6812The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the
6813wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond.
6814Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week.
8973da3a 6815
cbb09e6a 6816@enumerate
8973da3a 6817@item
87f9adc1 6818Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sourceware.org, the GDB mailing
cbb09e6a
AC
6819list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly
6820recommended.
8973da3a 6821@item
cbb09e6a 6822Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6823@item
87f9adc1 6824Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sourceware.org, the GDB
cbb09e6a 6825Announcement mailing list}.
8973da3a 6826@item
cbb09e6a 6827Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6828@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6829Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are
6830prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}.
6831@item
6832Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been
6833released.
6834@item
6835Remove the obsolete code.
6836@end enumerate
6837
6838@noindent
6839@emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is
6840hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it
6841helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant
6842or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with
6843the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer
6844hand when it comes to fixing broken files.}
8973da3a 6845
8973da3a 6846
9ae8b82c
AC
6847
6848@section Before the Branch
8973da3a 6849
8642bc8f
AC
6850The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple
6851changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For
6852instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even
6853building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the
6854@file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file.
8973da3a 6855
9ae8b82c 6856@subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS}
8973da3a 6857
9ae8b82c
AC
6858People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know
6859something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule}
6860script will mention this in its e-mail.
8973da3a 6861
9ae8b82c 6862@subheading Review @file{gdb/README}
8973da3a 6863
9ae8b82c
AC
6864Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the
6865@file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The
6866@code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail.
8642bc8f
AC
6867
6868@subheading Refresh any imported files.
8973da3a 6869
8642bc8f 6870A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include:
8973da3a 6871
8642bc8f
AC
6872@itemize @bullet
6873@item
6874@file{texinfo/texinfo.tex}
6875@item
9ae8b82c
AC
6876@file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS}
6877file)
6878@item
6879@file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi}
8642bc8f
AC
6880@end itemize
6881
9ae8b82c 6882@subheading Check the ARI
8642bc8f 6883
87f9adc1 6884@uref{http://sourceware.org/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script
9ae8b82c
AC
6885(Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding
6886conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead
6887of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any
6888regressions.
8642bc8f 6889
9ae8b82c 6890@subsection Review the bug data base
8642bc8f 6891
9ae8b82c 6892Close anything obviously fixed.
8642bc8f 6893
9ae8b82c 6894@subsection Check all cross targets build
8642bc8f 6895
9ae8b82c 6896The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
8642bc8f 6897
8642bc8f 6898
30107679 6899@section Cut the Branch
8642bc8f 6900
30107679 6901@subheading Create the branch
8642bc8f 6902
474c8240 6903@smallexample
30107679
AC
6904$ u=5.1
6905$ v=5.2
6906$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6907$ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6908$ echo $u $V $D
69095.1 5_2 2002-03-03
87f9adc1 6910$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6911-D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight
87f9adc1 6912cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag
b247355e 6913-D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight
30107679
AC
6914$ ^echo ^^
6915...
87f9adc1 6916$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6917-b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight
87f9adc1 6918cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6919-b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight
30107679
AC
6920$ ^echo ^^
6921...
8642bc8f 6922$
474c8240 6923@end smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6924
6925@itemize @bullet
6926@item
b247355e 6927By using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt}, the branch is forced to an exact
30107679
AC
6928date/time.
6929@item
b247355e 6930The trunk is first tagged so that the branch point can easily be found.
30107679 6931@item
b247355e 6932Insight, which includes @value{GDBN}, is tagged at the same time.
8642bc8f 6933@item
b247355e 6934@file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts.
8642bc8f 6935@item
b247355e 6936The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f}.
30107679
AC
6937@end itemize
6938
6939@subheading Update @file{version.in}
6940
6941@smallexample
6942$ u=5.1
6943$ v=5.2
6944$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6945$ echo $u $v$V
69465.1 5_2
6947$ cd /tmp
87f9adc1 6948$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src co \
30107679 6949-r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in
87f9adc1 6950cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src co
30107679
AC
6951 -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in
6952$ ^echo ^^
6953U src/gdb/version.in
6954$ cd src/gdb
6955$ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in
6956$ cat version.in
69575.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs
6958$ cvs -f commit version.in
6959@end smallexample
6960
6961@itemize @bullet
6962@item
6963@file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update
b247355e 6964mechanism.
30107679
AC
6965@item
6966@file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary
b247355e 6967initial branch version number.
8642bc8f
AC
6968@end itemize
6969
8642bc8f
AC
6970
6971@subheading Update the web and news pages
6972
30107679
AC
6973Something?
6974
8642bc8f
AC
6975@subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch
6976
30107679
AC
6977The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table.
6978This file needs to be updated so that:
6979
6980@itemize @bullet
6981@item
b247355e 6982A daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in}.
30107679 6983@item
b247355e 6984The new branch is included in the snapshot process.
30107679
AC
6985@end itemize
6986
6987@noindent
6988See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated
6989cron table.
6990
6991The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect
6992any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/
6993snapshot directories.
6994
6995
6996@subheading Update the NEWS and README files
6997
6998The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers
6999to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also
7000refers to @emph{changes since the current release}.
7001
7002The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the
7003current release.
7004
7005@subheading Post the branch info
7006
7007Send an announcement to the mailing lists:
7008
7009@itemize @bullet
7010@item
87f9adc1 7011@email{gdb-announce@@sourceware.org, GDB Announcement mailing list}
30107679 7012@item
87f9adc1
PM
7013@email{gdb@@sourceware.org, GDB Discussion mailing list} and
7014@email{gdb-testers@@sourceware.org, GDB Testers mailing list}
16737d73 7015@end itemize
30107679
AC
7016
7017@emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to
7018ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion
7019list are alerted.}
7020
7021The announcement should include:
7022
7023@itemize @bullet
7024@item
b247355e 7025The branch tag.
30107679 7026@item
b247355e 7027How to check out the branch using CVS.
30107679 7028@item
b247355e 7029The date/number of weeks until the release.
30107679 7030@item
b247355e 7031The branch commit policy still holds.
16737d73 7032@end itemize
30107679 7033
8642bc8f
AC
7034@section Stabilize the branch
7035
7036Something goes here.
7037
7038@section Create a Release
7039
0816590b
AC
7040The process of creating and then making available a release is broken
7041down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical
7042process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the
7043process of releasing that tar ball.
8973da3a 7044
0816590b
AC
7045When making a release candidate just the first section is needed.
7046
7047@subsection Create a release candidate
7048
7049The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be
7050made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release
7051candidate).
7052
7053@subsubheading Freeze the branch
7054
7055Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to
87f9adc1 7056@email{gdb-patches@@sourceware.org}.
0816590b
AC
7057
7058@subsubheading Establish a few defaults.
8973da3a 7059
474c8240 7060@smallexample
0816590b
AC
7061$ b=gdb_5_2-branch
7062$ v=5.2
8642bc8f
AC
7063$ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp
7064$ echo $t/$b/$v
0816590b 7065/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8642bc8f
AC
7066$ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v
7067$ cd $t/$b/$v
7068$ pwd
0816590b 7069/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8973da3a
AC
7070$ which autoconf
7071/home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf
8642bc8f 7072$
474c8240 7073@end smallexample
8973da3a 7074
0816590b
AC
7075@noindent
7076Notes:
8973da3a 7077
0816590b
AC
7078@itemize @bullet
7079@item
7080Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the
af542c2e
RW
7081version documented in the toplevel @file{README-maintainer-mode} file.
7082It is very unlikely that a system installed version of @code{autoconf}
7083(e.g., @file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct.
0816590b
AC
7084@end itemize
7085
7086@subsubheading Check out the relevant modules:
8973da3a 7087
474c8240 7088@smallexample
b247355e 7089$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 7090do
8973da3a
AC
7091( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m )
7092done
8642bc8f 7093$
474c8240 7094@end smallexample
8973da3a 7095
0816590b
AC
7096@noindent
7097Note:
8642bc8f 7098
0816590b
AC
7099@itemize @bullet
7100@item
7101The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't
7102any confusion between what is written here and what your local
7103@code{cvs} really does.
7104@end itemize
7105
7106@subsubheading Update relevant files.
8973da3a 7107
0816590b
AC
7108@table @file
7109
7110@item gdb/NEWS
8642bc8f
AC
7111
7112Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor
7113releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed.
7114
0816590b 7115Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8973da3a 7116
474c8240 7117@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7118$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS
7119...
7120c-x 4 a
7121...
7122c-x c-s c-x c-c
7123$ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS
7124$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 7125@end smallexample
8973da3a 7126
0816590b
AC
7127@item gdb/README
7128
7129You'll need to update:
8973da3a 7130
0816590b
AC
7131@itemize @bullet
7132@item
b247355e 7133The version.
0816590b 7134@item
b247355e 7135The update date.
0816590b 7136@item
b247355e 7137Who did it.
0816590b 7138@end itemize
8973da3a 7139
474c8240 7140@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7141$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README
7142...
8973da3a 7143c-x 4 a
8642bc8f 7144...
8973da3a 7145c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
7146$ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README
7147$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 7148@end smallexample
8973da3a 7149
0816590b
AC
7150@emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed
7151before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed
7152to get it updated.}
8973da3a 7153
8642bc8f
AC
7154@emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and
7155@file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth
7156pursuing.}
8973da3a 7157
0816590b 7158@item gdb/version.in
8973da3a 7159
474c8240 7160@smallexample
8642bc8f 7161$ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in
0816590b
AC
7162$ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in
71635.2
8642bc8f 7164$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in
8973da3a
AC
7165...
7166c-x 4 a
0816590b 7167... Bump to version ...
8973da3a 7168c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
7169$ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in
7170$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 7171@end smallexample
8973da3a 7172
0816590b
AC
7173@end table
7174
7175@subsubheading Do the dirty work
7176
7177This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot.
8973da3a 7178
4ce8657e
MC
7179@smallexample
7180$ for m in gdb insight
7181do
7182( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar )
7183done
4ce8657e
MC
7184@end smallexample
7185
7186If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release}
7187(@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead:
7188
474c8240 7189@smallexample
0816590b 7190$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 7191do
0816590b 7192( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar )
8973da3a 7193done
474c8240 7194@end smallexample
8973da3a 7195
0816590b 7196@subsubheading Check the source files
8642bc8f 7197
0816590b 7198You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared.
8642bc8f
AC
7199@kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out
7200for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}.
8973da3a 7201
474c8240 7202@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7203$ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update )
7204M djunpack.bat
0816590b 7205? gdb-5.1.91.tar
8642bc8f 7206? proto-toplev
0816590b 7207@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f
AC
7208M gdb/ChangeLog
7209M gdb/NEWS
7210M gdb/README
7211M gdb/version.in
0816590b 7212@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f 7213$
474c8240 7214@end smallexample
8973da3a 7215
0816590b 7216@noindent
8642bc8f
AC
7217@emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or
7218@file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1}
7219was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they
d3e8051b 7220didn't get suppressed). Fixing it would be nice though.}
8973da3a 7221
0816590b 7222@subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release
8973da3a 7223
474c8240 7224@smallexample
0816590b
AC
7225$ cp */src/*.tar .
7226$ cp */src/*.bz2 .
7227$ ls -F
b247355e 7228gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar
0816590b
AC
7229$ for m in gdb insight
7230do
7231bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2
7232gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz
7233done
7234$
474c8240 7235@end smallexample
8973da3a 7236
0816590b
AC
7237@noindent
7238Note:
7239
7240@itemize @bullet
7241@item
7242A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since,
7243in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence,
7244can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release
7245process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes.
7246@end itemize
7247
7248@subsection Sanity check the tar ball
8973da3a 7249
0816590b 7250Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that.
8973da3a 7251
0816590b
AC
7252@smallexample
7253$ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf -
7254$ cd gdb-5.2
7255$ ./configure
7256$ make
7257@dots{}
7258$ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb
7259GNU gdb 5.2
7260@dots{}
7261(gdb) b main
7262Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734.
7263(gdb) run
7264Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb
7265
7266Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734
7267734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7268(gdb) print args
7269$1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@}
7270(gdb)
7271@end smallexample
8973da3a 7272
0816590b 7273@subsection Make a release candidate available
8973da3a 7274
0816590b 7275If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are:
8642bc8f 7276
0816590b
AC
7277@enumerate
7278@item
7279Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog}
7280@item
7281Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read
7282@var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update
7283process can restart.
7284@item
7285Make the release candidate available in
87f9adc1 7286@uref{ftp://sourceware.org/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch}
0816590b 7287@item
87f9adc1
PM
7288Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sourceware.org} and
7289@email{gdb-testers@@sourceware.org} that the candidate is available.
0816590b 7290@end enumerate
8642bc8f 7291
0816590b 7292@subsection Make a formal release available
8642bc8f 7293
0816590b 7294(And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.)
8642bc8f 7295
0816590b 7296@subsubheading Install on sware
8642bc8f 7297
0816590b 7298Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory:
8642bc8f 7299
474c8240 7300@smallexample
0816590b 7301$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/
8642bc8f 7302$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
474c8240 7303@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7304
0816590b
AC
7305@noindent
7306Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases
587afa38 7307are available (e.g.@: keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1):
0816590b
AC
7308
7309@smallexample
7310$ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
7311$ rm @dots{}
7312@end smallexample
7313
7314@noindent
7315Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases
7316directory:
7317
7318@smallexample
7319$ vi README
7320@dots{}
7321$ rm -f .message
7322$ ln README .message
7323@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7324
0816590b 7325@subsubheading Update the web pages.
8973da3a 7326
0816590b
AC
7327@table @file
7328
7329@item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT
7330This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes:
8973da3a
AC
7331@itemize @bullet
7332@item
b247355e 7333General announcement.
8642bc8f 7334@item
0816590b
AC
7335News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from
7336earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release.
8973da3a 7337@item
b247355e 7338Errata.
0816590b
AC
7339@end itemize
7340
7341@item htdocs/index.html
7342@itemx htdocs/news/index.html
7343@itemx htdocs/download/index.html
7344These files include:
7345@itemize @bullet
8642bc8f 7346@item
b247355e 7347Announcement of the most recent release.
8642bc8f 7348@item
b247355e 7349News entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory).
8973da3a 7350@end itemize
0816590b 7351These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}.
8973da3a 7352
0816590b 7353@item download/onlinedocs/
8642bc8f
AC
7354You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online
7355docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output
0816590b 7356from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly.
8642bc8f
AC
7357Something like:
7358
474c8240 7359@smallexample
8642bc8f 7360$ ~/ss/update-web-docs \
0816590b 7361 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
8642bc8f 7362 $PWD/www \
0816590b 7363 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \
8642bc8f 7364 gdb
474c8240 7365@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7366
0816590b
AC
7367@item download/ari/
7368Just like the online documentation. Something like:
8642bc8f 7369
0816590b
AC
7370@smallexample
7371$ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \
7372 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
7373 $PWD/www \
7374 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \
7375 gdb
7376@end smallexample
7377
7378@end table
7379
7380@subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu
7381
7382Something goes here.
7383
7384
7385@subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU
7386
7387At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in
7388@file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}.
7389
7390@subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT}
7391
7392Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to:
8642bc8f
AC
7393
7394@itemize @bullet
7395@item
87f9adc1 7396@email{gdb-announce@@sourceware.org, GDB Announcement mailing list}
8642bc8f 7397@item
0816590b
AC
7398@email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a
7399day or so to let things get out)
7400@item
7401@email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list}
8642bc8f
AC
7402@end itemize
7403
0816590b 7404@subsection Cleanup
8642bc8f 7405
0816590b 7406The release is out but you're still not finished.
8642bc8f 7407
0816590b 7408@subsubheading Commit outstanding changes
8642bc8f 7409
0816590b 7410In particular you'll need to commit any changes to:
8642bc8f
AC
7411
7412@itemize @bullet
7413@item
7414@file{gdb/ChangeLog}
7415@item
7416@file{gdb/version.in}
7417@item
7418@file{gdb/NEWS}
7419@item
7420@file{gdb/README}
7421@end itemize
7422
0816590b 7423@subsubheading Tag the release
8642bc8f
AC
7424
7425Something like:
7426
474c8240 7427@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7428$ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
7429$ echo $d
74302002-01-24
7431$ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update )
0816590b 7432$ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release )
474c8240 7433@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7434
0816590b 7435Insight is used since that contains more of the release than
b247355e 7436@value{GDBN}.
0816590b
AC
7437
7438@subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk
8642bc8f 7439
0816590b
AC
7440Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also
7441indicates when the release was made.
7442
7443@subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in}
8642bc8f
AC
7444
7445If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as
7446@kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having
7447committed all the release changes it can be set to
0816590b 7448@file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_}
8642bc8f
AC
7449is important - it affects the snapshot process).
7450
7451Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}.
7452
0816590b 7453@subsubheading Merge into trunk
8973da3a 7454
8642bc8f
AC
7455The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the
7456trunk.
8973da3a 7457
0816590b
AC
7458@subsubheading Revise the release schedule
7459
87f9adc1 7460Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sourceware.org, GDB
0816590b
AC
7461Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be
7462generated by running:
7463
7464@smallexample
7465$ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule
7466@end smallexample
7467
7468@noindent
7469The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch)
7470of the most recent release.
7471
7472Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}.
7473
8642bc8f 7474@section Post release
8973da3a 7475
8642bc8f 7476Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code.
8973da3a 7477
085dd6e6
JM
7478@node Testsuite
7479
7480@chapter Testsuite
56caf160 7481@cindex test suite
085dd6e6 7482
56caf160
EZ
7483The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package.
7484While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice
7485this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of
7486the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change
7487to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time.
085dd6e6 7488
b247355e
NR
7489The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework. The
7490tests themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework
7491runs all the procs and summarizes the passes and fails.
085dd6e6
JM
7492
7493@section Using the Testsuite
7494
56caf160 7495@cindex running the test suite
25822942 7496To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the
085dd6e6
JM
7497testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some
7498environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While
7499the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use,
7500and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is
7501finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this:
56caf160 7502
474c8240 7503@smallexample
085dd6e6
JM
7504 === gdb Summary ===
7505
7506# of expected passes 6016
7507# of unexpected failures 58
7508# of unexpected successes 5
7509# of expected failures 183
7510# of unresolved testcases 3
7511# of untested testcases 5
474c8240 7512@end smallexample
56caf160 7513
a9f158ec
JB
7514To run a specific test script, type:
7515@example
7516make check RUNTESTFLAGS='@var{tests}'
7517@end example
7518where @var{tests} is a list of test script file names, separated by
7519spaces.
7520
f5a33284
TT
7521If you use GNU make, you can use its @option{-j} option to run the
7522testsuite in parallel. This can greatly reduce the amount of time it
7523takes for the testsuite to run. In this case, if you set
7524@code{RUNTESTFLAGS} then, by default, the tests will be run serially
7525even under @option{-j}. You can override this and force a parallel run
7526by setting the @code{make} variable @code{FORCE_PARALLEL} to any
7527non-empty value. Note that the parallel @kbd{make check} assumes
7528that you want to run the entire testsuite, so it is not compatible
7529with some dejagnu options, like @option{--directory}.
7530
085dd6e6
JM
7531The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality
7532conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate
56caf160
EZ
7533real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected
7534failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too
7535hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work
7536everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case
7537being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added
7538lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}.
7539Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some
7540reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor
7541catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test
7542program.
7543
7544When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the
7545testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no
7546regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you
7547run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of
7548compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases
7549testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful
7550options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86)
7551host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi,
7552mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha).
7553
7554If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding
7555tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect
7556and fix their changes that break the functionality you added.
7557Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test
7558failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely
7559difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs
7560in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write
7561tests for all of those.
085dd6e6 7562
e7dc800a
MC
7563DejaGNU supports separate build, host, and target machines. However,
7564some @value{GDBN} test scripts do not work if the build machine and
7565the host machine are not the same. In such an environment, these scripts
7566will give a result of ``UNRESOLVED'', like this:
7567
7568@smallexample
7569UNRESOLVED: gdb.base/example.exp: This test script does not work on a remote host.
7570@end smallexample
7571
812f7342
TT
7572Sometimes it is convenient to get a transcript of the commands which
7573the testsuite sends to @value{GDBN}. For example, if @value{GDBN}
7574crashes during testing, a transcript can be used to more easily
7575reconstruct the failure when running @value{GDBN} under @value{GDBN}.
7576
7577You can instruct the @value{GDBN} testsuite to write transcripts by
7578setting the DejaGNU variable @code{TRANSCRIPT} (to any value)
7579before invoking @code{runtest} or @kbd{make check}. The transcripts
7580will be written into DejaGNU's output directory. One transcript will
7581be made for each invocation of @value{GDBN}; they will be named
7582@file{transcript.@var{n}}, where @var{n} is an integer. The first
7583line of the transcript file will show how @value{GDBN} was invoked;
7584each subsequent line is a command sent as input to @value{GDBN}.
7585
7586@smallexample
7587make check RUNTESTFLAGS=TRANSCRIPT=y
7588@end smallexample
7589
7590Note that the transcript is not always complete. In particular, tests
7591of completion can yield partial command lines.
7592
085dd6e6
JM
7593@section Testsuite Organization
7594
56caf160 7595@cindex test suite organization
085dd6e6
JM
7596The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the
7597testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal,
7598and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves
25822942 7599handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file
085dd6e6 7600@file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for
25822942 7601all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains
085dd6e6
JM
7602configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose
7603definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}.
7604
7605The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and
7606subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end
7607with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding
7608in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files
7609get chosen and run in alphabetical order.
7610
7611The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they
7612are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are
7613located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and
7614execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and
7615intelligibility.
7616
56caf160 7617@table @file
085dd6e6 7618@item gdb.base
085dd6e6 7619This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all
25822942 7620configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here).
085dd6e6 7621The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R,
49efadf5 7622ANSI/ISO, and C@t{++} (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance
085dd6e6
JM
7623for prototypes).
7624
7625@item gdb.@var{lang}
56caf160 7626Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are
af6cf26d 7627@file{gdb.cp} and @file{gdb.java}.
085dd6e6
JM
7628
7629@item gdb.@var{platform}
085dd6e6
JM
7630Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration
7631(host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for
7632HP-UX.
7633
7634@item gdb.@var{compiler}
085dd6e6
JM
7635Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June
76361999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that
7637couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could
56caf160
EZ
7638imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC
7639extensions.
085dd6e6
JM
7640
7641@item gdb.@var{subsystem}
25822942 7642Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For
085dd6e6
JM
7643instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while
7644@file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader.
085dd6e6
JM
7645@end table
7646
7647@section Writing Tests
56caf160 7648@cindex writing tests
085dd6e6 7649
25822942 7650In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you
085dd6e6
JM
7651should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases.
7652
7653You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it
7654includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen.
7655However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for
7656instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that
7657calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times.
7658
7659Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely
8a3dae3e
DJ
7660necessary. Even if @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to
7661a command, you can use @code{gdb_test_multiple}. Like @code{gdb_test},
7662@code{gdb_test_multiple} recognizes internal errors and unexpected
7663prompts.
7664
7665Do not write tests which expect a literal tab character from @value{GDBN}.
7666On some operating systems (e.g.@: OpenBSD) the TTY layer expands tabs to
7667spaces, so by the time @value{GDBN}'s output reaches expect the tab is gone.
085dd6e6
JM
7668
7669The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent
25822942 7670style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different
085dd6e6 7671styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for
25822942 7672instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would
085dd6e6
JM
7673never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style
7674uniformly.
7675
c906108c
SS
7676@node Hints
7677
7678@chapter Hints
7679
7680Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not
7681appear anywhere else in the directory.
7682
7683@menu
25822942 7684* Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN}
33e16fad 7685* Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
c906108c
SS
7686@end menu
7687
7688@node Getting Started,,, Hints
7689
7690@section Getting Started
7691
25822942 7692@value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to
c906108c
SS
7693work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you
7694know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on.
7695
25822942
DB
7696This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies
7697generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
7698
7699Information about particular functions or data structures are located in
7700comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a
7701function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly
25822942 7702explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel
c906108c
SS
7703free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure
7704out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is
7705actually wrong, be especially sure to report that.
7706
7707Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or
7708native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are
7709repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the
7710macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a
7711default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual
7712also documents all the available macros.
7713@c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target
7714@c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete
7715@c Conditionals})
7716
56caf160
EZ
7717Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how
7718@value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h},
7719@file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the
7720code which uses and creates those symbol tables.
c906108c
SS
7721
7722You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to
7723enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another
25822942 7724language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use
c906108c
SS
7725the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case
7726and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes
7727are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active
7728approach.
7729
25822942 7730Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more
c906108c
SS
7731specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each
7732function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you
7733will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through
7734calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding
7735(perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being
7736called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the
7737functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the
7738one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data
7739structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in
7740the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to
7741look like.
7742
7743Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the
7744code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general
7745principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something
7746else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does,
7747rather than worrying about all its details.
7748
56caf160
EZ
7749@cindex command implementation
7750A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with
7751a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how
7752single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the
7753@code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked
7754via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function
7755which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of
7756the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an
7757@code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step}
7758command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info
7759display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is
7760not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x
7761tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a
7762breakpoint in @code{execute_command}.
7763
7764@cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list
c906108c
SS
7765If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information
7766on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was
7767wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding
25822942 7768@value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual.
c906108c
SS
7769Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course.
7770
33e16fad 7771@node Debugging GDB,,,Hints
c906108c 7772
25822942 7773@section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
56caf160 7774@cindex debugging @value{GDBN}
c906108c 7775
25822942 7776If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it
c906108c
SS
7777fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like
7778Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being
56caf160 7779debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb
c906108c 7780./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to
56caf160 7781@file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}.
c906108c 7782
25822942 7783When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read a
c906108c
SS
7784@file{.gdbinit} file that sets up some simple things to make debugging
7785gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when executed without a subcommand
25822942 7786in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop you back up to the top level
c906108c
SS
7787gdb. See @file{.gdbinit} for details.
7788
7789If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after
7790you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent
7791routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by
7792@kbd{M-.}
7793
25822942 7794Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or
c906108c
SS
7795have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc.
7796
7797@section Submitting Patches
7798
56caf160 7799@cindex submitting patches
c906108c 7800Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of
25822942 7801@value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements.
c906108c
SS
7802Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the
7803changes.
7804
25822942
DB
7805The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches.
7806This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
7807
7808If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives,
7809or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue
7810with everyone else's patches and bug reports.
7811
56caf160 7812@cindex legal papers for code contributions
c906108c
SS
7813The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a
7814copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership
7815of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the
9e0b60a8
JM
7816standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org}
7817and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs
7818owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that
56caf160
EZ
7819changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC,
7820etc) can be
9e0b60a8 7821contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the
be9c6c35 7822bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until
9e0b60a8
JM
7823this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow
7824since we maintain it for them).
c906108c
SS
7825
7826Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each
56caf160
EZ
7827feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}.
7828Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and
7829header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for
7830each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes
7831needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or
7832@file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a
7833single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages.
9e0b60a8
JM
7834
7835In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the
c906108c 7836sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in.
56caf160
EZ
7837If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave
7838out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc.
c906108c 7839
9e0b60a8
JM
7840The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not
7841install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions
7842or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you
c906108c 7843will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable.
9e0b60a8
JM
7844The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that
7845the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are
7846being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we
7847tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from
7848the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are
7849acceptable.
7850
7851If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot
7852of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get
7853installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug
c906108c
SS
7854reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive
7855complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day
9e0b60a8
JM
7856they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time
7857permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not
7858be for quite some time.
c906108c 7859
56caf160 7860Please send patches directly to
87f9adc1 7861@email{gdb-patches@@sourceware.org, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}.
c906108c 7862
36af4ef6
MD
7863@section Build Script
7864
7865@cindex build script
7866
7867The script @file{gdb_buildall.sh} builds @value{GDBN} with flag
7868@option{--enable-targets=all} set. This builds @value{GDBN} with all supported
7869targets activated. This helps testing @value{GDBN} when doing changes that
7870affect more than one architecture and is much faster than using
7871@file{gdb_mbuild.sh}.
7872
7873After building @value{GDBN} the script checks which architectures are
7874supported and then switches the current architecture to each of those to get
7875information about the architecture. The test results are stored in log files
7876in the directory the script was called from.
7877
bcd7e15f 7878@include observer.texi
2154891a 7879@raisesections
aab4e0ec 7880@include fdl.texi
2154891a 7881@lowersections
aab4e0ec 7882
56caf160
EZ
7883@node Index
7884@unnumbered Index
7885
7886@printindex cp
7887
c906108c 7888@bye
This page took 1.124432 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.